1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package mediaconvert 4 5import ( 6 "time" 7 8 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 11) 12 13const opCancelJob = "CancelJob" 14 15// CancelJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 16// client's request for the CancelJob operation. The "output" return 17// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 18// successfuly. 19// 20// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 21// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 22// 23// See CancelJob for more information on using the CancelJob 24// API call, and error handling. 25// 26// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 27// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 28// 29// 30// // Example sending a request using the CancelJobRequest method. 31// req, resp := client.CancelJobRequest(params) 32// 33// err := req.Send() 34// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 35// fmt.Println(resp) 36// } 37// 38// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJob 39func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJobRequest(input *CancelJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelJobOutput) { 40 op := &request.Operation{ 41 Name: opCancelJob, 42 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 43 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobs/{id}", 44 } 45 46 if input == nil { 47 input = &CancelJobInput{} 48 } 49 50 output = &CancelJobOutput{} 51 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 52 return 53} 54 55// CancelJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 56// 57// Permanently remove a job from a queue. Once you have canceled a job, you 58// can't start it again. You can't delete a running job. 59// 60// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 61// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 62// the error. 63// 64// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 65// API operation CancelJob for usage and error information. 66// 67// Returned Error Codes: 68// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 69// 70// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 71// 72// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 73// 74// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 75// 76// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 77// 78// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 79// 80// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJob 81func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJob(input *CancelJobInput) (*CancelJobOutput, error) { 82 req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input) 83 return out, req.Send() 84} 85 86// CancelJobWithContext is the same as CancelJob with the addition of 87// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 88// 89// See CancelJob for details on how to use this API operation. 90// 91// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 92// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 93// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 94// for more information on using Contexts. 95func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelJobOutput, error) { 96 req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input) 97 req.SetContext(ctx) 98 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 99 return out, req.Send() 100} 101 102const opCreateJob = "CreateJob" 103 104// CreateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 105// client's request for the CreateJob operation. The "output" return 106// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 107// successfuly. 108// 109// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 110// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 111// 112// See CreateJob for more information on using the CreateJob 113// API call, and error handling. 114// 115// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 116// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 117// 118// 119// // Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method. 120// req, resp := client.CreateJobRequest(params) 121// 122// err := req.Send() 123// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 124// fmt.Println(resp) 125// } 126// 127// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJob 128func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobOutput) { 129 op := &request.Operation{ 130 Name: opCreateJob, 131 HTTPMethod: "POST", 132 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobs", 133 } 134 135 if input == nil { 136 input = &CreateJobInput{} 137 } 138 139 output = &CreateJobOutput{} 140 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 141 return 142} 143 144// CreateJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 145// 146// Create a new transcoding job. For information about jobs and job settings, 147// see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 148// 149// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 150// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 151// the error. 152// 153// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 154// API operation CreateJob for usage and error information. 155// 156// Returned Error Codes: 157// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 158// 159// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 160// 161// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 162// 163// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 164// 165// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 166// 167// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 168// 169// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJob 170func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobOutput, error) { 171 req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input) 172 return out, req.Send() 173} 174 175// CreateJobWithContext is the same as CreateJob with the addition of 176// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 177// 178// See CreateJob for details on how to use this API operation. 179// 180// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 181// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 182// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 183// for more information on using Contexts. 184func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobOutput, error) { 185 req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input) 186 req.SetContext(ctx) 187 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 188 return out, req.Send() 189} 190 191const opCreateJobTemplate = "CreateJobTemplate" 192 193// CreateJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 194// client's request for the CreateJobTemplate operation. The "output" return 195// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 196// successfuly. 197// 198// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 199// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 200// 201// See CreateJobTemplate for more information on using the CreateJobTemplate 202// API call, and error handling. 203// 204// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 205// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 206// 207// 208// // Example sending a request using the CreateJobTemplateRequest method. 209// req, resp := client.CreateJobTemplateRequest(params) 210// 211// err := req.Send() 212// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 213// fmt.Println(resp) 214// } 215// 216// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplate 217func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateRequest(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobTemplateOutput) { 218 op := &request.Operation{ 219 Name: opCreateJobTemplate, 220 HTTPMethod: "POST", 221 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates", 222 } 223 224 if input == nil { 225 input = &CreateJobTemplateInput{} 226 } 227 228 output = &CreateJobTemplateOutput{} 229 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 230 return 231} 232 233// CreateJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 234// 235// Create a new job template. For information about job templates see the User 236// Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 237// 238// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 239// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 240// the error. 241// 242// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 243// API operation CreateJobTemplate for usage and error information. 244// 245// Returned Error Codes: 246// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 247// 248// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 249// 250// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 251// 252// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 253// 254// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 255// 256// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 257// 258// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplate 259func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplate(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) (*CreateJobTemplateOutput, error) { 260 req, out := c.CreateJobTemplateRequest(input) 261 return out, req.Send() 262} 263 264// CreateJobTemplateWithContext is the same as CreateJobTemplate with the addition of 265// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 266// 267// See CreateJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation. 268// 269// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 270// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 271// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 272// for more information on using Contexts. 273func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobTemplateOutput, error) { 274 req, out := c.CreateJobTemplateRequest(input) 275 req.SetContext(ctx) 276 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 277 return out, req.Send() 278} 279 280const opCreatePreset = "CreatePreset" 281 282// CreatePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 283// client's request for the CreatePreset operation. The "output" return 284// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 285// successfuly. 286// 287// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 288// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 289// 290// See CreatePreset for more information on using the CreatePreset 291// API call, and error handling. 292// 293// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 294// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 295// 296// 297// // Example sending a request using the CreatePresetRequest method. 298// req, resp := client.CreatePresetRequest(params) 299// 300// err := req.Send() 301// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 302// fmt.Println(resp) 303// } 304// 305// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePreset 306func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePresetOutput) { 307 op := &request.Operation{ 308 Name: opCreatePreset, 309 HTTPMethod: "POST", 310 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets", 311 } 312 313 if input == nil { 314 input = &CreatePresetInput{} 315 } 316 317 output = &CreatePresetOutput{} 318 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 319 return 320} 321 322// CreatePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 323// 324// Create a new preset. For information about job templates see the User Guide 325// at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 326// 327// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 328// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 329// the error. 330// 331// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 332// API operation CreatePreset for usage and error information. 333// 334// Returned Error Codes: 335// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 336// 337// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 338// 339// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 340// 341// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 342// 343// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 344// 345// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 346// 347// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePreset 348func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePreset(input *CreatePresetInput) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) { 349 req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input) 350 return out, req.Send() 351} 352 353// CreatePresetWithContext is the same as CreatePreset with the addition of 354// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 355// 356// See CreatePreset for details on how to use this API operation. 357// 358// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 359// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 360// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 361// for more information on using Contexts. 362func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) { 363 req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input) 364 req.SetContext(ctx) 365 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 366 return out, req.Send() 367} 368 369const opCreateQueue = "CreateQueue" 370 371// CreateQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 372// client's request for the CreateQueue operation. The "output" return 373// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 374// successfuly. 375// 376// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 377// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 378// 379// See CreateQueue for more information on using the CreateQueue 380// API call, and error handling. 381// 382// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 383// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 384// 385// 386// // Example sending a request using the CreateQueueRequest method. 387// req, resp := client.CreateQueueRequest(params) 388// 389// err := req.Send() 390// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 391// fmt.Println(resp) 392// } 393// 394// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueue 395func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueueRequest(input *CreateQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateQueueOutput) { 396 op := &request.Operation{ 397 Name: opCreateQueue, 398 HTTPMethod: "POST", 399 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues", 400 } 401 402 if input == nil { 403 input = &CreateQueueInput{} 404 } 405 406 output = &CreateQueueOutput{} 407 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 408 return 409} 410 411// CreateQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 412// 413// Create a new transcoding queue. For information about job templates see the 414// User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 415// 416// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 417// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 418// the error. 419// 420// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 421// API operation CreateQueue for usage and error information. 422// 423// Returned Error Codes: 424// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 425// 426// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 427// 428// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 429// 430// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 431// 432// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 433// 434// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 435// 436// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueue 437func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueue(input *CreateQueueInput) (*CreateQueueOutput, error) { 438 req, out := c.CreateQueueRequest(input) 439 return out, req.Send() 440} 441 442// CreateQueueWithContext is the same as CreateQueue with the addition of 443// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 444// 445// See CreateQueue for details on how to use this API operation. 446// 447// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 448// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 449// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 450// for more information on using Contexts. 451func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateQueueOutput, error) { 452 req, out := c.CreateQueueRequest(input) 453 req.SetContext(ctx) 454 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 455 return out, req.Send() 456} 457 458const opDeleteJobTemplate = "DeleteJobTemplate" 459 460// DeleteJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 461// client's request for the DeleteJobTemplate operation. The "output" return 462// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 463// successfuly. 464// 465// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 466// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 467// 468// See DeleteJobTemplate for more information on using the DeleteJobTemplate 469// API call, and error handling. 470// 471// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 472// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 473// 474// 475// // Example sending a request using the DeleteJobTemplateRequest method. 476// req, resp := client.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(params) 477// 478// err := req.Send() 479// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 480// fmt.Println(resp) 481// } 482// 483// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplate 484func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteJobTemplateOutput) { 485 op := &request.Operation{ 486 Name: opDeleteJobTemplate, 487 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 488 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}", 489 } 490 491 if input == nil { 492 input = &DeleteJobTemplateInput{} 493 } 494 495 output = &DeleteJobTemplateOutput{} 496 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 497 return 498} 499 500// DeleteJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 501// 502// Permanently delete a job template you have created. 503// 504// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 505// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 506// the error. 507// 508// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 509// API operation DeleteJobTemplate for usage and error information. 510// 511// Returned Error Codes: 512// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 513// 514// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 515// 516// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 517// 518// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 519// 520// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 521// 522// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 523// 524// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplate 525func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplate(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) (*DeleteJobTemplateOutput, error) { 526 req, out := c.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input) 527 return out, req.Send() 528} 529 530// DeleteJobTemplateWithContext is the same as DeleteJobTemplate with the addition of 531// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 532// 533// See DeleteJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation. 534// 535// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 536// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 537// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 538// for more information on using Contexts. 539func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteJobTemplateOutput, error) { 540 req, out := c.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input) 541 req.SetContext(ctx) 542 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 543 return out, req.Send() 544} 545 546const opDeletePreset = "DeletePreset" 547 548// DeletePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 549// client's request for the DeletePreset operation. The "output" return 550// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 551// successfuly. 552// 553// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 554// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 555// 556// See DeletePreset for more information on using the DeletePreset 557// API call, and error handling. 558// 559// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 560// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 561// 562// 563// // Example sending a request using the DeletePresetRequest method. 564// req, resp := client.DeletePresetRequest(params) 565// 566// err := req.Send() 567// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 568// fmt.Println(resp) 569// } 570// 571// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePreset 572func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePresetRequest(input *DeletePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePresetOutput) { 573 op := &request.Operation{ 574 Name: opDeletePreset, 575 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 576 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}", 577 } 578 579 if input == nil { 580 input = &DeletePresetInput{} 581 } 582 583 output = &DeletePresetOutput{} 584 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 585 return 586} 587 588// DeletePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 589// 590// Permanently delete a preset you have created. 591// 592// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 593// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 594// the error. 595// 596// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 597// API operation DeletePreset for usage and error information. 598// 599// Returned Error Codes: 600// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 601// 602// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 603// 604// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 605// 606// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 607// 608// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 609// 610// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 611// 612// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePreset 613func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePreset(input *DeletePresetInput) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) { 614 req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input) 615 return out, req.Send() 616} 617 618// DeletePresetWithContext is the same as DeletePreset with the addition of 619// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 620// 621// See DeletePreset for details on how to use this API operation. 622// 623// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 624// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 625// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 626// for more information on using Contexts. 627func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) { 628 req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input) 629 req.SetContext(ctx) 630 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 631 return out, req.Send() 632} 633 634const opDeleteQueue = "DeleteQueue" 635 636// DeleteQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 637// client's request for the DeleteQueue operation. The "output" return 638// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 639// successfuly. 640// 641// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 642// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 643// 644// See DeleteQueue for more information on using the DeleteQueue 645// API call, and error handling. 646// 647// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 648// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 649// 650// 651// // Example sending a request using the DeleteQueueRequest method. 652// req, resp := client.DeleteQueueRequest(params) 653// 654// err := req.Send() 655// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 656// fmt.Println(resp) 657// } 658// 659// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueue 660func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueueRequest(input *DeleteQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteQueueOutput) { 661 op := &request.Operation{ 662 Name: opDeleteQueue, 663 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 664 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}", 665 } 666 667 if input == nil { 668 input = &DeleteQueueInput{} 669 } 670 671 output = &DeleteQueueOutput{} 672 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 673 return 674} 675 676// DeleteQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 677// 678// Permanently delete a queue you have created. 679// 680// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 681// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 682// the error. 683// 684// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 685// API operation DeleteQueue for usage and error information. 686// 687// Returned Error Codes: 688// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 689// 690// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 691// 692// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 693// 694// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 695// 696// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 697// 698// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 699// 700// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueue 701func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueue(input *DeleteQueueInput) (*DeleteQueueOutput, error) { 702 req, out := c.DeleteQueueRequest(input) 703 return out, req.Send() 704} 705 706// DeleteQueueWithContext is the same as DeleteQueue with the addition of 707// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 708// 709// See DeleteQueue for details on how to use this API operation. 710// 711// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 712// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 713// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 714// for more information on using Contexts. 715func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteQueueOutput, error) { 716 req, out := c.DeleteQueueRequest(input) 717 req.SetContext(ctx) 718 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 719 return out, req.Send() 720} 721 722const opDescribeEndpoints = "DescribeEndpoints" 723 724// DescribeEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 725// client's request for the DescribeEndpoints operation. The "output" return 726// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 727// successfuly. 728// 729// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 730// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 731// 732// See DescribeEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeEndpoints 733// API call, and error handling. 734// 735// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 736// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 737// 738// 739// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEndpointsRequest method. 740// req, resp := client.DescribeEndpointsRequest(params) 741// 742// err := req.Send() 743// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 744// fmt.Println(resp) 745// } 746// 747// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpoints 748func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEndpointsOutput) { 749 op := &request.Operation{ 750 Name: opDescribeEndpoints, 751 HTTPMethod: "POST", 752 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/endpoints", 753 } 754 755 if input == nil { 756 input = &DescribeEndpointsInput{} 757 } 758 759 output = &DescribeEndpointsOutput{} 760 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 761 return 762} 763 764// DescribeEndpoints API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 765// 766// Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your 767// account API endpoint. 768// 769// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 770// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 771// the error. 772// 773// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 774// API operation DescribeEndpoints for usage and error information. 775// 776// Returned Error Codes: 777// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 778// 779// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 780// 781// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 782// 783// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 784// 785// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 786// 787// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 788// 789// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpoints 790func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpoints(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error) { 791 req, out := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input) 792 return out, req.Send() 793} 794 795// DescribeEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeEndpoints with the addition of 796// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 797// 798// See DescribeEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation. 799// 800// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 801// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 802// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 803// for more information on using Contexts. 804func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error) { 805 req, out := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input) 806 req.SetContext(ctx) 807 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 808 return out, req.Send() 809} 810 811const opGetJob = "GetJob" 812 813// GetJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 814// client's request for the GetJob operation. The "output" return 815// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 816// successfuly. 817// 818// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 819// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 820// 821// See GetJob for more information on using the GetJob 822// API call, and error handling. 823// 824// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 825// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 826// 827// 828// // Example sending a request using the GetJobRequest method. 829// req, resp := client.GetJobRequest(params) 830// 831// err := req.Send() 832// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 833// fmt.Println(resp) 834// } 835// 836// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJob 837func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobOutput) { 838 op := &request.Operation{ 839 Name: opGetJob, 840 HTTPMethod: "GET", 841 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobs/{id}", 842 } 843 844 if input == nil { 845 input = &GetJobInput{} 846 } 847 848 output = &GetJobOutput{} 849 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 850 return 851} 852 853// GetJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 854// 855// Retrieve the JSON for a specific completed transcoding job. 856// 857// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 858// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 859// the error. 860// 861// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 862// API operation GetJob for usage and error information. 863// 864// Returned Error Codes: 865// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 866// 867// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 868// 869// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 870// 871// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 872// 873// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 874// 875// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 876// 877// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJob 878func (c *MediaConvert) GetJob(input *GetJobInput) (*GetJobOutput, error) { 879 req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input) 880 return out, req.Send() 881} 882 883// GetJobWithContext is the same as GetJob with the addition of 884// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 885// 886// See GetJob for details on how to use this API operation. 887// 888// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 889// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 890// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 891// for more information on using Contexts. 892func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobOutput, error) { 893 req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input) 894 req.SetContext(ctx) 895 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 896 return out, req.Send() 897} 898 899const opGetJobTemplate = "GetJobTemplate" 900 901// GetJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 902// client's request for the GetJobTemplate operation. The "output" return 903// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 904// successfuly. 905// 906// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 907// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 908// 909// See GetJobTemplate for more information on using the GetJobTemplate 910// API call, and error handling. 911// 912// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 913// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 914// 915// 916// // Example sending a request using the GetJobTemplateRequest method. 917// req, resp := client.GetJobTemplateRequest(params) 918// 919// err := req.Send() 920// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 921// fmt.Println(resp) 922// } 923// 924// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplate 925func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateRequest(input *GetJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobTemplateOutput) { 926 op := &request.Operation{ 927 Name: opGetJobTemplate, 928 HTTPMethod: "GET", 929 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}", 930 } 931 932 if input == nil { 933 input = &GetJobTemplateInput{} 934 } 935 936 output = &GetJobTemplateOutput{} 937 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 938 return 939} 940 941// GetJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 942// 943// Retrieve the JSON for a specific job template. 944// 945// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 946// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 947// the error. 948// 949// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 950// API operation GetJobTemplate for usage and error information. 951// 952// Returned Error Codes: 953// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 954// 955// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 956// 957// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 958// 959// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 960// 961// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 962// 963// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 964// 965// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplate 966func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplate(input *GetJobTemplateInput) (*GetJobTemplateOutput, error) { 967 req, out := c.GetJobTemplateRequest(input) 968 return out, req.Send() 969} 970 971// GetJobTemplateWithContext is the same as GetJobTemplate with the addition of 972// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 973// 974// See GetJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation. 975// 976// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 977// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 978// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 979// for more information on using Contexts. 980func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobTemplateOutput, error) { 981 req, out := c.GetJobTemplateRequest(input) 982 req.SetContext(ctx) 983 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 984 return out, req.Send() 985} 986 987const opGetPreset = "GetPreset" 988 989// GetPresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 990// client's request for the GetPreset operation. The "output" return 991// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 992// successfuly. 993// 994// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 995// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 996// 997// See GetPreset for more information on using the GetPreset 998// API call, and error handling. 999// 1000// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1001// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1002// 1003// 1004// // Example sending a request using the GetPresetRequest method. 1005// req, resp := client.GetPresetRequest(params) 1006// 1007// err := req.Send() 1008// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1009// fmt.Println(resp) 1010// } 1011// 1012// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPreset 1013func (c *MediaConvert) GetPresetRequest(input *GetPresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPresetOutput) { 1014 op := &request.Operation{ 1015 Name: opGetPreset, 1016 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1017 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}", 1018 } 1019 1020 if input == nil { 1021 input = &GetPresetInput{} 1022 } 1023 1024 output = &GetPresetOutput{} 1025 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1026 return 1027} 1028 1029// GetPreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1030// 1031// Retrieve the JSON for a specific preset. 1032// 1033// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1034// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1035// the error. 1036// 1037// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1038// API operation GetPreset for usage and error information. 1039// 1040// Returned Error Codes: 1041// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1042// 1043// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1044// 1045// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1046// 1047// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1048// 1049// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1050// 1051// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1052// 1053// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPreset 1054func (c *MediaConvert) GetPreset(input *GetPresetInput) (*GetPresetOutput, error) { 1055 req, out := c.GetPresetRequest(input) 1056 return out, req.Send() 1057} 1058 1059// GetPresetWithContext is the same as GetPreset with the addition of 1060// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1061// 1062// See GetPreset for details on how to use this API operation. 1063// 1064// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1065// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1066// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1067// for more information on using Contexts. 1068func (c *MediaConvert) GetPresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPresetOutput, error) { 1069 req, out := c.GetPresetRequest(input) 1070 req.SetContext(ctx) 1071 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1072 return out, req.Send() 1073} 1074 1075const opGetQueue = "GetQueue" 1076 1077// GetQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1078// client's request for the GetQueue operation. The "output" return 1079// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1080// successfuly. 1081// 1082// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1083// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1084// 1085// See GetQueue for more information on using the GetQueue 1086// API call, and error handling. 1087// 1088// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1089// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1090// 1091// 1092// // Example sending a request using the GetQueueRequest method. 1093// req, resp := client.GetQueueRequest(params) 1094// 1095// err := req.Send() 1096// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1097// fmt.Println(resp) 1098// } 1099// 1100// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueue 1101func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueueRequest(input *GetQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetQueueOutput) { 1102 op := &request.Operation{ 1103 Name: opGetQueue, 1104 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1105 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}", 1106 } 1107 1108 if input == nil { 1109 input = &GetQueueInput{} 1110 } 1111 1112 output = &GetQueueOutput{} 1113 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1114 return 1115} 1116 1117// GetQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1118// 1119// Retrieve the JSON for a specific queue. 1120// 1121// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1122// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1123// the error. 1124// 1125// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1126// API operation GetQueue for usage and error information. 1127// 1128// Returned Error Codes: 1129// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1130// 1131// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1132// 1133// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1134// 1135// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1136// 1137// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1138// 1139// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1140// 1141// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueue 1142func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueue(input *GetQueueInput) (*GetQueueOutput, error) { 1143 req, out := c.GetQueueRequest(input) 1144 return out, req.Send() 1145} 1146 1147// GetQueueWithContext is the same as GetQueue with the addition of 1148// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1149// 1150// See GetQueue for details on how to use this API operation. 1151// 1152// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1153// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1154// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1155// for more information on using Contexts. 1156func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetQueueOutput, error) { 1157 req, out := c.GetQueueRequest(input) 1158 req.SetContext(ctx) 1159 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1160 return out, req.Send() 1161} 1162 1163const opListJobTemplates = "ListJobTemplates" 1164 1165// ListJobTemplatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1166// client's request for the ListJobTemplates operation. The "output" return 1167// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1168// successfuly. 1169// 1170// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1171// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1172// 1173// See ListJobTemplates for more information on using the ListJobTemplates 1174// API call, and error handling. 1175// 1176// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1177// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1178// 1179// 1180// // Example sending a request using the ListJobTemplatesRequest method. 1181// req, resp := client.ListJobTemplatesRequest(params) 1182// 1183// err := req.Send() 1184// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1185// fmt.Println(resp) 1186// } 1187// 1188// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplates 1189func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesRequest(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobTemplatesOutput) { 1190 op := &request.Operation{ 1191 Name: opListJobTemplates, 1192 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1193 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates", 1194 } 1195 1196 if input == nil { 1197 input = &ListJobTemplatesInput{} 1198 } 1199 1200 output = &ListJobTemplatesOutput{} 1201 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1202 return 1203} 1204 1205// ListJobTemplates API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1206// 1207// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your job templates. This will return 1208// the templates themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty 1209// templates, use the nextToken string returned with the array 1210// 1211// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1212// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1213// the error. 1214// 1215// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1216// API operation ListJobTemplates for usage and error information. 1217// 1218// Returned Error Codes: 1219// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1220// 1221// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1222// 1223// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1224// 1225// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1226// 1227// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1228// 1229// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1230// 1231// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplates 1232func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplates(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) (*ListJobTemplatesOutput, error) { 1233 req, out := c.ListJobTemplatesRequest(input) 1234 return out, req.Send() 1235} 1236 1237// ListJobTemplatesWithContext is the same as ListJobTemplates with the addition of 1238// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1239// 1240// See ListJobTemplates for details on how to use this API operation. 1241// 1242// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1243// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1244// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1245// for more information on using Contexts. 1246func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobTemplatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobTemplatesOutput, error) { 1247 req, out := c.ListJobTemplatesRequest(input) 1248 req.SetContext(ctx) 1249 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1250 return out, req.Send() 1251} 1252 1253const opListJobs = "ListJobs" 1254 1255// ListJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1256// client's request for the ListJobs operation. The "output" return 1257// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1258// successfuly. 1259// 1260// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1261// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1262// 1263// See ListJobs for more information on using the ListJobs 1264// API call, and error handling. 1265// 1266// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1267// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1268// 1269// 1270// // Example sending a request using the ListJobsRequest method. 1271// req, resp := client.ListJobsRequest(params) 1272// 1273// err := req.Send() 1274// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1275// fmt.Println(resp) 1276// } 1277// 1278// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobs 1279func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobsOutput) { 1280 op := &request.Operation{ 1281 Name: opListJobs, 1282 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1283 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobs", 1284 } 1285 1286 if input == nil { 1287 input = &ListJobsInput{} 1288 } 1289 1290 output = &ListJobsOutput{} 1291 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1292 return 1293} 1294 1295// ListJobs API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1296// 1297// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your most recently created jobs. 1298// This array includes in-process, completed, and errored jobs. This will return 1299// the jobs themselves, not just a list of the jobs. To retrieve the twenty 1300// next most recent jobs, use the nextToken string returned with the array. 1301// 1302// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1303// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1304// the error. 1305// 1306// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1307// API operation ListJobs for usage and error information. 1308// 1309// Returned Error Codes: 1310// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1311// 1312// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1313// 1314// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1315// 1316// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1317// 1318// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1319// 1320// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1321// 1322// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobs 1323func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobs(input *ListJobsInput) (*ListJobsOutput, error) { 1324 req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input) 1325 return out, req.Send() 1326} 1327 1328// ListJobsWithContext is the same as ListJobs with the addition of 1329// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1330// 1331// See ListJobs for details on how to use this API operation. 1332// 1333// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1334// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1335// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1336// for more information on using Contexts. 1337func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobsOutput, error) { 1338 req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input) 1339 req.SetContext(ctx) 1340 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1341 return out, req.Send() 1342} 1343 1344const opListPresets = "ListPresets" 1345 1346// ListPresetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1347// client's request for the ListPresets operation. The "output" return 1348// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1349// successfuly. 1350// 1351// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1352// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1353// 1354// See ListPresets for more information on using the ListPresets 1355// API call, and error handling. 1356// 1357// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1358// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1359// 1360// 1361// // Example sending a request using the ListPresetsRequest method. 1362// req, resp := client.ListPresetsRequest(params) 1363// 1364// err := req.Send() 1365// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1366// fmt.Println(resp) 1367// } 1368// 1369// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresets 1370func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsRequest(input *ListPresetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPresetsOutput) { 1371 op := &request.Operation{ 1372 Name: opListPresets, 1373 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1374 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets", 1375 } 1376 1377 if input == nil { 1378 input = &ListPresetsInput{} 1379 } 1380 1381 output = &ListPresetsOutput{} 1382 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1383 return 1384} 1385 1386// ListPresets API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1387// 1388// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your presets. This will return the 1389// presets themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty 1390// presets, use the nextToken string returned with the array. 1391// 1392// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1393// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1394// the error. 1395// 1396// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1397// API operation ListPresets for usage and error information. 1398// 1399// Returned Error Codes: 1400// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1401// 1402// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1403// 1404// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1405// 1406// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1407// 1408// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1409// 1410// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1411// 1412// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresets 1413func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresets(input *ListPresetsInput) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) { 1414 req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input) 1415 return out, req.Send() 1416} 1417 1418// ListPresetsWithContext is the same as ListPresets with the addition of 1419// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1420// 1421// See ListPresets for details on how to use this API operation. 1422// 1423// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1424// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1425// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1426// for more information on using Contexts. 1427func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPresetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) { 1428 req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input) 1429 req.SetContext(ctx) 1430 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1431 return out, req.Send() 1432} 1433 1434const opListQueues = "ListQueues" 1435 1436// ListQueuesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1437// client's request for the ListQueues operation. The "output" return 1438// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1439// successfuly. 1440// 1441// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1442// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1443// 1444// See ListQueues for more information on using the ListQueues 1445// API call, and error handling. 1446// 1447// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1448// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1449// 1450// 1451// // Example sending a request using the ListQueuesRequest method. 1452// req, resp := client.ListQueuesRequest(params) 1453// 1454// err := req.Send() 1455// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1456// fmt.Println(resp) 1457// } 1458// 1459// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueues 1460func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesRequest(input *ListQueuesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListQueuesOutput) { 1461 op := &request.Operation{ 1462 Name: opListQueues, 1463 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1464 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues", 1465 } 1466 1467 if input == nil { 1468 input = &ListQueuesInput{} 1469 } 1470 1471 output = &ListQueuesOutput{} 1472 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1473 return 1474} 1475 1476// ListQueues API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1477// 1478// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your queues. This will return the 1479// queues themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty queues, 1480// use the nextToken string returned with the array. 1481// 1482// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1483// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1484// the error. 1485// 1486// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1487// API operation ListQueues for usage and error information. 1488// 1489// Returned Error Codes: 1490// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1491// 1492// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1493// 1494// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1495// 1496// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1497// 1498// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1499// 1500// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1501// 1502// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueues 1503func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueues(input *ListQueuesInput) (*ListQueuesOutput, error) { 1504 req, out := c.ListQueuesRequest(input) 1505 return out, req.Send() 1506} 1507 1508// ListQueuesWithContext is the same as ListQueues with the addition of 1509// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1510// 1511// See ListQueues for details on how to use this API operation. 1512// 1513// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1514// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1515// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1516// for more information on using Contexts. 1517func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListQueuesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListQueuesOutput, error) { 1518 req, out := c.ListQueuesRequest(input) 1519 req.SetContext(ctx) 1520 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1521 return out, req.Send() 1522} 1523 1524const opUpdateJobTemplate = "UpdateJobTemplate" 1525 1526// UpdateJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1527// client's request for the UpdateJobTemplate operation. The "output" return 1528// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1529// successfuly. 1530// 1531// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1532// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1533// 1534// See UpdateJobTemplate for more information on using the UpdateJobTemplate 1535// API call, and error handling. 1536// 1537// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1538// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1539// 1540// 1541// // Example sending a request using the UpdateJobTemplateRequest method. 1542// req, resp := client.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(params) 1543// 1544// err := req.Send() 1545// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1546// fmt.Println(resp) 1547// } 1548// 1549// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplate 1550func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateJobTemplateOutput) { 1551 op := &request.Operation{ 1552 Name: opUpdateJobTemplate, 1553 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 1554 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}", 1555 } 1556 1557 if input == nil { 1558 input = &UpdateJobTemplateInput{} 1559 } 1560 1561 output = &UpdateJobTemplateOutput{} 1562 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1563 return 1564} 1565 1566// UpdateJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1567// 1568// Modify one of your existing job templates. 1569// 1570// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1571// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1572// the error. 1573// 1574// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1575// API operation UpdateJobTemplate for usage and error information. 1576// 1577// Returned Error Codes: 1578// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1579// 1580// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1581// 1582// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1583// 1584// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1585// 1586// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1587// 1588// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1589// 1590// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplate 1591func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplate(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) (*UpdateJobTemplateOutput, error) { 1592 req, out := c.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input) 1593 return out, req.Send() 1594} 1595 1596// UpdateJobTemplateWithContext is the same as UpdateJobTemplate with the addition of 1597// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1598// 1599// See UpdateJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation. 1600// 1601// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1602// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1603// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1604// for more information on using Contexts. 1605func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateJobTemplateOutput, error) { 1606 req, out := c.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input) 1607 req.SetContext(ctx) 1608 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1609 return out, req.Send() 1610} 1611 1612const opUpdatePreset = "UpdatePreset" 1613 1614// UpdatePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1615// client's request for the UpdatePreset operation. The "output" return 1616// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1617// successfuly. 1618// 1619// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1620// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1621// 1622// See UpdatePreset for more information on using the UpdatePreset 1623// API call, and error handling. 1624// 1625// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1626// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1627// 1628// 1629// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePresetRequest method. 1630// req, resp := client.UpdatePresetRequest(params) 1631// 1632// err := req.Send() 1633// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1634// fmt.Println(resp) 1635// } 1636// 1637// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePreset 1638func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePresetRequest(input *UpdatePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePresetOutput) { 1639 op := &request.Operation{ 1640 Name: opUpdatePreset, 1641 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 1642 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}", 1643 } 1644 1645 if input == nil { 1646 input = &UpdatePresetInput{} 1647 } 1648 1649 output = &UpdatePresetOutput{} 1650 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1651 return 1652} 1653 1654// UpdatePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1655// 1656// Modify one of your existing presets. 1657// 1658// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1659// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1660// the error. 1661// 1662// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1663// API operation UpdatePreset for usage and error information. 1664// 1665// Returned Error Codes: 1666// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1667// 1668// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1669// 1670// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1671// 1672// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1673// 1674// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1675// 1676// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1677// 1678// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePreset 1679func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePreset(input *UpdatePresetInput) (*UpdatePresetOutput, error) { 1680 req, out := c.UpdatePresetRequest(input) 1681 return out, req.Send() 1682} 1683 1684// UpdatePresetWithContext is the same as UpdatePreset with the addition of 1685// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1686// 1687// See UpdatePreset for details on how to use this API operation. 1688// 1689// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1690// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1691// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1692// for more information on using Contexts. 1693func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePresetOutput, error) { 1694 req, out := c.UpdatePresetRequest(input) 1695 req.SetContext(ctx) 1696 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1697 return out, req.Send() 1698} 1699 1700const opUpdateQueue = "UpdateQueue" 1701 1702// UpdateQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1703// client's request for the UpdateQueue operation. The "output" return 1704// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1705// successfuly. 1706// 1707// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1708// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1709// 1710// See UpdateQueue for more information on using the UpdateQueue 1711// API call, and error handling. 1712// 1713// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1714// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1715// 1716// 1717// // Example sending a request using the UpdateQueueRequest method. 1718// req, resp := client.UpdateQueueRequest(params) 1719// 1720// err := req.Send() 1721// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1722// fmt.Println(resp) 1723// } 1724// 1725// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueue 1726func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueueRequest(input *UpdateQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateQueueOutput) { 1727 op := &request.Operation{ 1728 Name: opUpdateQueue, 1729 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 1730 HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}", 1731 } 1732 1733 if input == nil { 1734 input = &UpdateQueueInput{} 1735 } 1736 1737 output = &UpdateQueueOutput{} 1738 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1739 return 1740} 1741 1742// UpdateQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 1743// 1744// Modify one of your existing queues. 1745// 1746// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1747// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1748// the error. 1749// 1750// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's 1751// API operation UpdateQueue for usage and error information. 1752// 1753// Returned Error Codes: 1754// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1755// 1756// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1757// 1758// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1759// 1760// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1761// 1762// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1763// 1764// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1765// 1766// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueue 1767func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueue(input *UpdateQueueInput) (*UpdateQueueOutput, error) { 1768 req, out := c.UpdateQueueRequest(input) 1769 return out, req.Send() 1770} 1771 1772// UpdateQueueWithContext is the same as UpdateQueue with the addition of 1773// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1774// 1775// See UpdateQueue for details on how to use this API operation. 1776// 1777// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1778// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1779// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1780// for more information on using Contexts. 1781func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateQueueOutput, error) { 1782 req, out := c.UpdateQueueRequest(input) 1783 req.SetContext(ctx) 1784 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1785 return out, req.Send() 1786} 1787 1788// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 1789// the value AAC. 1790type AacSettings struct { 1791 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 1792 1793 // Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio 1794 // + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be 1795 // set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster 1796 // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed 1797 // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, 1798 // the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. 1799 // Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description 1800 // (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType 1801 // and FollowInputAudioType. 1802 AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix *string `locationName:"audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix" type:"string" enum:"AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix"` 1803 1804 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode 1805 // and profile. 1806 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 1807 1808 // AAC Profile. 1809 CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"AacCodecProfile"` 1810 1811 // Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values 1812 // depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver 1813 // Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits 1814 // a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in 1815 // the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E. 1816 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"` 1817 1818 // Rate Control Mode. 1819 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"` 1820 1821 // Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, 1822 // you must choose "No container" for the output container. 1823 RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"` 1824 1825 // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. 1826 SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` 1827 1828 // Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream 1829 // containers. 1830 Specification *string `locationName:"specification" type:"string" enum:"AacSpecification"` 1831 1832 // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR. 1833 VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"` 1834} 1835 1836// String returns the string representation 1837func (s AacSettings) String() string { 1838 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 1839} 1840 1841// GoString returns the string representation 1842func (s AacSettings) GoString() string { 1843 return s.String() 1844} 1845 1846// SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix sets the AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix field's value. 1847func (s *AacSettings) SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix(v string) *AacSettings { 1848 s.AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = &v 1849 return s 1850} 1851 1852// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 1853func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *AacSettings { 1854 s.Bitrate = &v 1855 return s 1856} 1857 1858// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. 1859func (s *AacSettings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *AacSettings { 1860 s.CodecProfile = &v 1861 return s 1862} 1863 1864// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 1865func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings { 1866 s.CodingMode = &v 1867 return s 1868} 1869 1870// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 1871func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings { 1872 s.RateControlMode = &v 1873 return s 1874} 1875 1876// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value. 1877func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings { 1878 s.RawFormat = &v 1879 return s 1880} 1881 1882// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 1883func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *AacSettings { 1884 s.SampleRate = &v 1885 return s 1886} 1887 1888// SetSpecification sets the Specification field's value. 1889func (s *AacSettings) SetSpecification(v string) *AacSettings { 1890 s.Specification = &v 1891 return s 1892} 1893 1894// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value. 1895func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings { 1896 s.VbrQuality = &v 1897 return s 1898} 1899 1900// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 1901// the value AC3. 1902type Ac3Settings struct { 1903 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 1904 1905 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. 1906 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 1907 1908 // Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC 1909 // A/52-2012 for background on these values. 1910 BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"` 1911 1912 // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. 1913 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"` 1914 1915 // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital, 1916 // dialnorm will be passed through. 1917 Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" type:"integer"` 1918 1919 // If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the 1920 // output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. 1921 DynamicRangeCompressionProfile *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile"` 1922 1923 // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only 1924 // valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. 1925 LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"` 1926 1927 // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, 1928 // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 1929 // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 1930 MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"` 1931 1932 // Sample rate in hz. Sample rate is always 48000. 1933 SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` 1934} 1935 1936// String returns the string representation 1937func (s Ac3Settings) String() string { 1938 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 1939} 1940 1941// GoString returns the string representation 1942func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string { 1943 return s.String() 1944} 1945 1946// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 1947func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Ac3Settings { 1948 s.Bitrate = &v 1949 return s 1950} 1951 1952// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. 1953func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { 1954 s.BitstreamMode = &v 1955 return s 1956} 1957 1958// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 1959func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { 1960 s.CodingMode = &v 1961 return s 1962} 1963 1964// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. 1965func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings { 1966 s.Dialnorm = &v 1967 return s 1968} 1969 1970// SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile sets the DynamicRangeCompressionProfile field's value. 1971func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings { 1972 s.DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = &v 1973 return s 1974} 1975 1976// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. 1977func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings { 1978 s.LfeFilter = &v 1979 return s 1980} 1981 1982// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. 1983func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings { 1984 s.MetadataControl = &v 1985 return s 1986} 1987 1988// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 1989func (s *Ac3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Ac3Settings { 1990 s.SampleRate = &v 1991 return s 1992} 1993 1994// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 1995// the value AIFF. 1996type AiffSettings struct { 1997 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 1998 1999 // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding 2000 // quality for this audio track. 2001 BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"integer"` 2002 2003 // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. 2004 // Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo 2005 // will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2. 2006 Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` 2007 2008 // Sample rate in hz. 2009 SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` 2010} 2011 2012// String returns the string representation 2013func (s AiffSettings) String() string { 2014 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2015} 2016 2017// GoString returns the string representation 2018func (s AiffSettings) GoString() string { 2019 return s.String() 2020} 2021 2022// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value. 2023func (s *AiffSettings) SetBitDepth(v int64) *AiffSettings { 2024 s.BitDepth = &v 2025 return s 2026} 2027 2028// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. 2029func (s *AiffSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *AiffSettings { 2030 s.Channels = &v 2031 return s 2032} 2033 2034// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 2035func (s *AiffSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *AiffSettings { 2036 s.SampleRate = &v 2037 return s 2038} 2039 2040// Settings for ancillary captions source. 2041type AncillarySourceSettings struct { 2042 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2043 2044 // Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to 2045 // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. 2046 SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"sourceAncillaryChannelNumber" type:"integer"` 2047} 2048 2049// String returns the string representation 2050func (s AncillarySourceSettings) String() string { 2051 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2052} 2053 2054// GoString returns the string representation 2055func (s AncillarySourceSettings) GoString() string { 2056 return s.String() 2057} 2058 2059// SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber sets the SourceAncillaryChannelNumber field's value. 2060func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber(v int64) *AncillarySourceSettings { 2061 s.SourceAncillaryChannelNumber = &v 2062 return s 2063} 2064 2065// Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the 2066// group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary 2067// depending on the value you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec 2068// enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following 2069// lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings 2070// * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings 2071type AudioCodecSettings struct { 2072 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2073 2074 // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 2075 // the value AAC. 2076 AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"` 2077 2078 // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 2079 // the value AC3. 2080 Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"` 2081 2082 // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 2083 // the value AIFF. 2084 AiffSettings *AiffSettings `locationName:"aiffSettings" type:"structure"` 2085 2086 // Type of Audio codec. 2087 Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"AudioCodec"` 2088 2089 // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 2090 // the value EAC3. 2091 Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"` 2092 2093 // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 2094 // the value MP2. 2095 Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"` 2096 2097 // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 2098 // the value WAV. 2099 WavSettings *WavSettings `locationName:"wavSettings" type:"structure"` 2100} 2101 2102// String returns the string representation 2103func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string { 2104 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2105} 2106 2107// GoString returns the string representation 2108func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string { 2109 return s.String() 2110} 2111 2112// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value. 2113func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 2114 s.AacSettings = v 2115 return s 2116} 2117 2118// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value. 2119func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 2120 s.Ac3Settings = v 2121 return s 2122} 2123 2124// SetAiffSettings sets the AiffSettings field's value. 2125func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAiffSettings(v *AiffSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 2126 s.AiffSettings = v 2127 return s 2128} 2129 2130// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 2131func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetCodec(v string) *AudioCodecSettings { 2132 s.Codec = &v 2133 return s 2134} 2135 2136// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value. 2137func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 2138 s.Eac3Settings = v 2139 return s 2140} 2141 2142// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value. 2143func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 2144 s.Mp2Settings = v 2145 return s 2146} 2147 2148// SetWavSettings sets the WavSettings field's value. 2149func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetWavSettings(v *WavSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 2150 s.WavSettings = v 2151 return s 2152} 2153 2154// Description of audio output 2155type AudioDescription struct { 2156 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2157 2158 // Advanced audio normalization settings. 2159 AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"` 2160 2161 // Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case, 2162 // specify an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order 2163 // within each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the 2164 // third audio selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have 2165 // an "Audio Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that 2166 // input will be used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence 2167 // will be inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio 2168 // Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with 2169 // similar default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then 2170 // "Audio Selector 1" will be chosen automatically. 2171 AudioSourceName *string `locationName:"audioSourceName" type:"string"` 2172 2173 // Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between 2174 // 0 and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1 2175 // = Clean Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary, 2176 // 4-255 = Reserved. 2177 AudioType *int64 `locationName:"audioType" type:"integer"` 2178 2179 // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then 2180 // that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 2181 // 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise 2182 // the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and 2183 // audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD. 2184 AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioTypeControl"` 2185 2186 // Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the 2187 // group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary 2188 // depending on the value you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec 2189 // enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following 2190 // lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings 2191 // * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings 2192 CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` 2193 2194 // Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified 2195 // in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language 2196 // Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but 2197 // there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. 2198 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` 2199 2200 // Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output 2201 // to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified 2202 // for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT 2203 // is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. 2204 LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageCodeControl"` 2205 2206 // Advanced audio remixing settings. 2207 RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` 2208 2209 // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by 2210 // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary). Alphanumeric characters, 2211 // spaces, and underscore are legal. 2212 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 2213} 2214 2215// String returns the string representation 2216func (s AudioDescription) String() string { 2217 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2218} 2219 2220// GoString returns the string representation 2221func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string { 2222 return s.String() 2223} 2224 2225// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value. 2226func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription { 2227 s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v 2228 return s 2229} 2230 2231// SetAudioSourceName sets the AudioSourceName field's value. 2232func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSourceName(v string) *AudioDescription { 2233 s.AudioSourceName = &v 2234 return s 2235} 2236 2237// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value. 2238func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v int64) *AudioDescription { 2239 s.AudioType = &v 2240 return s 2241} 2242 2243// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value. 2244func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { 2245 s.AudioTypeControl = &v 2246 return s 2247} 2248 2249// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. 2250func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription { 2251 s.CodecSettings = v 2252 return s 2253} 2254 2255// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 2256func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription { 2257 s.LanguageCode = &v 2258 return s 2259} 2260 2261// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value. 2262func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { 2263 s.LanguageCodeControl = &v 2264 return s 2265} 2266 2267// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value. 2268func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription { 2269 s.RemixSettings = v 2270 return s 2271} 2272 2273// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 2274func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription { 2275 s.StreamName = &v 2276 return s 2277} 2278 2279// Advanced audio normalization settings. 2280type AudioNormalizationSettings struct { 2281 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2282 2283 // Audio normalization algorithm to use. 1770-1 conforms to the CALM Act specification, 2284 // 1770-2 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. 2285 Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"` 2286 2287 // When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If 2288 // disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. 2289 AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"` 2290 2291 // Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level. 2292 // Content measuring below this level will not be corrected. Gating only applies 2293 // when not using real_time_correction. 2294 CorrectionGateLevel *int64 `locationName:"correctionGateLevel" type:"integer"` 2295 2296 // If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file. 2297 LoudnessLogging *string `locationName:"loudnessLogging" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging"` 2298 2299 // If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio 2300 // track loudness. 2301 PeakCalculation *string `locationName:"peakCalculation" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation"` 2302 2303 // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default 2304 // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1) 2305 // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends 2306 // a target of -23 LKFS. 2307 TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"` 2308} 2309 2310// String returns the string representation 2311func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string { 2312 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2313} 2314 2315// GoString returns the string representation 2316func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string { 2317 return s.String() 2318} 2319 2320// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. 2321func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 2322 s.Algorithm = &v 2323 return s 2324} 2325 2326// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value. 2327func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 2328 s.AlgorithmControl = &v 2329 return s 2330} 2331 2332// SetCorrectionGateLevel sets the CorrectionGateLevel field's value. 2333func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetCorrectionGateLevel(v int64) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 2334 s.CorrectionGateLevel = &v 2335 return s 2336} 2337 2338// SetLoudnessLogging sets the LoudnessLogging field's value. 2339func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetLoudnessLogging(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 2340 s.LoudnessLogging = &v 2341 return s 2342} 2343 2344// SetPeakCalculation sets the PeakCalculation field's value. 2345func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetPeakCalculation(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 2346 s.PeakCalculation = &v 2347 return s 2348} 2349 2350// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value. 2351func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 2352 s.TargetLkfs = &v 2353 return s 2354} 2355 2356// Selector for Audio 2357type AudioSelector struct { 2358 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2359 2360 // When an "Audio Description":#audio_description specifies an AudioSelector 2361 // or AudioSelectorGroup for which no matching source is found in the input, 2362 // then the audio selector marked as DEFAULT will be used. If none are marked 2363 // as default, silence will be inserted for the duration of the input. 2364 DefaultSelection *string `locationName:"defaultSelection" type:"string" enum:"AudioDefaultSelection"` 2365 2366 // Specifies audio data from an external file source. 2367 ExternalAudioFileInput *string `locationName:"externalAudioFileInput" type:"string"` 2368 2369 // Selects a specific language code from within an audio source. 2370 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` 2371 2372 // Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input 2373 // video. 2374 Offset *int64 `locationName:"offset" type:"integer"` 2375 2376 // Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID 2377 // 0x101). 2378 Pids []*int64 `locationName:"pids" type:"list"` 2379 2380 // Applies only when input streams contain Dolby E. Enter the program ID (according 2381 // to the metadata in the audio) of the Dolby E program to extract from the 2382 // specified track. One program extracted per audio selector. To select multiple 2383 // programs, create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program 2384 // numbers. "All channels" means to ignore the program IDs and include all the 2385 // channels in this selector; useful if metadata is known to be incorrect. 2386 ProgramSelection *int64 `locationName:"programSelection" type:"integer"` 2387 2388 // Advanced audio remixing settings. 2389 RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` 2390 2391 // Specifies the type of the audio selector. 2392 SelectorType *string `locationName:"selectorType" type:"string" enum:"AudioSelectorType"` 2393 2394 // Identify the channel to include in this selector by entering the 1-based 2395 // track index. To combine several tracks, enter a comma-separated list, e.g. 2396 // "1,2,3" for tracks 1-3. 2397 Tracks []*int64 `locationName:"tracks" type:"list"` 2398} 2399 2400// String returns the string representation 2401func (s AudioSelector) String() string { 2402 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2403} 2404 2405// GoString returns the string representation 2406func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string { 2407 return s.String() 2408} 2409 2410// SetDefaultSelection sets the DefaultSelection field's value. 2411func (s *AudioSelector) SetDefaultSelection(v string) *AudioSelector { 2412 s.DefaultSelection = &v 2413 return s 2414} 2415 2416// SetExternalAudioFileInput sets the ExternalAudioFileInput field's value. 2417func (s *AudioSelector) SetExternalAudioFileInput(v string) *AudioSelector { 2418 s.ExternalAudioFileInput = &v 2419 return s 2420} 2421 2422// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 2423func (s *AudioSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioSelector { 2424 s.LanguageCode = &v 2425 return s 2426} 2427 2428// SetOffset sets the Offset field's value. 2429func (s *AudioSelector) SetOffset(v int64) *AudioSelector { 2430 s.Offset = &v 2431 return s 2432} 2433 2434// SetPids sets the Pids field's value. 2435func (s *AudioSelector) SetPids(v []*int64) *AudioSelector { 2436 s.Pids = v 2437 return s 2438} 2439 2440// SetProgramSelection sets the ProgramSelection field's value. 2441func (s *AudioSelector) SetProgramSelection(v int64) *AudioSelector { 2442 s.ProgramSelection = &v 2443 return s 2444} 2445 2446// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value. 2447func (s *AudioSelector) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioSelector { 2448 s.RemixSettings = v 2449 return s 2450} 2451 2452// SetSelectorType sets the SelectorType field's value. 2453func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorType(v string) *AudioSelector { 2454 s.SelectorType = &v 2455 return s 2456} 2457 2458// SetTracks sets the Tracks field's value. 2459func (s *AudioSelector) SetTracks(v []*int64) *AudioSelector { 2460 s.Tracks = v 2461 return s 2462} 2463 2464// Group of Audio Selectors 2465type AudioSelectorGroup struct { 2466 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2467 2468 // Name of an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector within the same input 2469 // to include in the group. Audio selector names are standardized, based on 2470 // their order within the input (e.g. "Audio Selector 1"). The audio_selector_name 2471 // parameter can be repeated to add any number of audio selectors to the group. 2472 AudioSelectorNames []*string `locationName:"audioSelectorNames" type:"list"` 2473} 2474 2475// String returns the string representation 2476func (s AudioSelectorGroup) String() string { 2477 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2478} 2479 2480// GoString returns the string representation 2481func (s AudioSelectorGroup) GoString() string { 2482 return s.String() 2483} 2484 2485// SetAudioSelectorNames sets the AudioSelectorNames field's value. 2486func (s *AudioSelectorGroup) SetAudioSelectorNames(v []*string) *AudioSelectorGroup { 2487 s.AudioSelectorNames = v 2488 return s 2489} 2490 2491// Settings for Avail Blanking 2492type AvailBlanking struct { 2493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2494 2495 // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png 2496 // images are supported. 2497 AvailBlankingImage *string `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"string"` 2498} 2499 2500// String returns the string representation 2501func (s AvailBlanking) String() string { 2502 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2503} 2504 2505// GoString returns the string representation 2506func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string { 2507 return s.String() 2508} 2509 2510// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value. 2511func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v string) *AvailBlanking { 2512 s.AvailBlankingImage = &v 2513 return s 2514} 2515 2516// Burn-In Destination Settings. 2517type BurninDestinationSettings struct { 2518 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2519 2520 // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to 2521 // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, 2522 // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. 2523 // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 2524 // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 2525 // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 2526 // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 2527 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2528 Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleAlignment"` 2529 2530 // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and 2531 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2532 BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor"` 2533 2534 // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 2535 // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). 2536 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2537 BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` 2538 2539 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 2540 // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 2541 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 2542 // settings must match. 2543 FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleFontColor"` 2544 2545 // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All 2546 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2547 FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` 2548 2549 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and 2550 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2551 FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" type:"integer"` 2552 2553 // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for 2554 // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must 2555 // match. 2556 FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` 2557 2558 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 2559 // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 2560 // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 2561 // must match. 2562 OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleOutlineColor"` 2563 2564 // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source 2565 // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 2566 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 2567 // settings must match. 2568 OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` 2569 2570 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub 2571 // font settings must match. 2572 ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleShadowColor"` 2573 2574 // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving 2575 // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All 2576 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2577 ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` 2578 2579 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in 2580 // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. 2581 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2582 ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` 2583 2584 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. 2585 // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All 2586 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2587 ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` 2588 2589 // Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used 2590 // to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs 2591 // and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 2592 TeletextSpacing *string `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing"` 2593 2594 // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side 2595 // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 2596 // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, 2597 // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. 2598 // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 2599 // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 2600 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2601 XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` 2602 2603 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the 2604 // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 2605 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, 2606 // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option 2607 // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. 2608 // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All 2609 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 2610 YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` 2611} 2612 2613// String returns the string representation 2614func (s BurninDestinationSettings) String() string { 2615 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2616} 2617 2618// GoString returns the string representation 2619func (s BurninDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 2620 return s.String() 2621} 2622 2623// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. 2624func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2625 s.Alignment = &v 2626 return s 2627} 2628 2629// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. 2630func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2631 s.BackgroundColor = &v 2632 return s 2633} 2634 2635// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. 2636func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2637 s.BackgroundOpacity = &v 2638 return s 2639} 2640 2641// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. 2642func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2643 s.FontColor = &v 2644 return s 2645} 2646 2647// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. 2648func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2649 s.FontOpacity = &v 2650 return s 2651} 2652 2653// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. 2654func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2655 s.FontResolution = &v 2656 return s 2657} 2658 2659// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 2660func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2661 s.FontSize = &v 2662 return s 2663} 2664 2665// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. 2666func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2667 s.OutlineColor = &v 2668 return s 2669} 2670 2671// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. 2672func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2673 s.OutlineSize = &v 2674 return s 2675} 2676 2677// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. 2678func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2679 s.ShadowColor = &v 2680 return s 2681} 2682 2683// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. 2684func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2685 s.ShadowOpacity = &v 2686 return s 2687} 2688 2689// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. 2690func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2691 s.ShadowXOffset = &v 2692 return s 2693} 2694 2695// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. 2696func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2697 s.ShadowYOffset = &v 2698 return s 2699} 2700 2701// SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value. 2702func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2703 s.TeletextSpacing = &v 2704 return s 2705} 2706 2707// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. 2708func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2709 s.XPosition = &v 2710 return s 2711} 2712 2713// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. 2714func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { 2715 s.YPosition = &v 2716 return s 2717} 2718 2719// Cancel a job by sending a request with the job ID 2720type CancelJobInput struct { 2721 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2722 2723 // The Job ID of the job to be cancelled. 2724 // 2725 // Id is a required field 2726 Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` 2727} 2728 2729// String returns the string representation 2730func (s CancelJobInput) String() string { 2731 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2732} 2733 2734// GoString returns the string representation 2735func (s CancelJobInput) GoString() string { 2736 return s.String() 2737} 2738 2739// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 2740func (s *CancelJobInput) Validate() error { 2741 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelJobInput"} 2742 if s.Id == nil { 2743 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) 2744 } 2745 2746 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 2747 return invalidParams 2748 } 2749 return nil 2750} 2751 2752// SetId sets the Id field's value. 2753func (s *CancelJobInput) SetId(v string) *CancelJobInput { 2754 s.Id = &v 2755 return s 2756} 2757 2758// A cancel job request will receive a response with an empty body. 2759type CancelJobOutput struct { 2760 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2761} 2762 2763// String returns the string representation 2764func (s CancelJobOutput) String() string { 2765 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2766} 2767 2768// GoString returns the string representation 2769func (s CancelJobOutput) GoString() string { 2770 return s.String() 2771} 2772 2773// Description of Caption output 2774type CaptionDescription struct { 2775 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2776 2777 // Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each 2778 // input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption 2779 // Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from 2780 // each input. 2781 CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string"` 2782 2783 // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings 2784 // are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. 2785 DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` 2786 2787 // Indicates the language of the caption output track. 2788 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` 2789 2790 // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. 2791 // English, or Spanish). Alphanumeric characters, spaces, and underscore are 2792 // legal. 2793 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` 2794} 2795 2796// String returns the string representation 2797func (s CaptionDescription) String() string { 2798 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2799} 2800 2801// GoString returns the string representation 2802func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string { 2803 return s.String() 2804} 2805 2806// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value. 2807func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription { 2808 s.CaptionSelectorName = &v 2809 return s 2810} 2811 2812// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value. 2813func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription { 2814 s.DestinationSettings = v 2815 return s 2816} 2817 2818// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 2819func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription { 2820 s.LanguageCode = &v 2821 return s 2822} 2823 2824// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 2825func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription { 2826 s.LanguageDescription = &v 2827 return s 2828} 2829 2830// Caption Description for preset 2831type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct { 2832 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2833 2834 // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings 2835 // are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. 2836 DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` 2837 2838 // Indicates the language of the caption output track. 2839 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` 2840 2841 // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. 2842 // English, or Spanish). Alphanumeric characters, spaces, and underscore are 2843 // legal. 2844 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` 2845} 2846 2847// String returns the string representation 2848func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) String() string { 2849 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2850} 2851 2852// GoString returns the string representation 2853func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) GoString() string { 2854 return s.String() 2855} 2856 2857// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value. 2858func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescriptionPreset { 2859 s.DestinationSettings = v 2860 return s 2861} 2862 2863// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 2864func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset { 2865 s.LanguageCode = &v 2866 return s 2867} 2868 2869// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 2870func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset { 2871 s.LanguageDescription = &v 2872 return s 2873} 2874 2875// Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings 2876// are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. 2877type CaptionDestinationSettings struct { 2878 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2879 2880 // Burn-In Destination Settings. 2881 BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings `locationName:"burninDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 2882 2883 // Type of Caption output, including Burn-In, Embedded, SCC, SRT, TTML, WebVTT, 2884 // DVB-Sub, Teletext. 2885 DestinationType *string `locationName:"destinationType" type:"string" enum:"CaptionDestinationType"` 2886 2887 // DVB-Sub Destination Settings 2888 DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 2889 2890 // Settings for SCC caption output. 2891 SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings `locationName:"sccDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 2892 2893 // Settings for Teletext caption output 2894 TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 2895 2896 // Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information 2897 // (TtmlStylePassthrough). 2898 TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 2899} 2900 2901// String returns the string representation 2902func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string { 2903 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2904} 2905 2906// GoString returns the string representation 2907func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 2908 return s.String() 2909} 2910 2911// SetBurninDestinationSettings sets the BurninDestinationSettings field's value. 2912func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurninDestinationSettings(v *BurninDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 2913 s.BurninDestinationSettings = v 2914 return s 2915} 2916 2917// SetDestinationType sets the DestinationType field's value. 2918func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDestinationType(v string) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 2919 s.DestinationType = &v 2920 return s 2921} 2922 2923// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value. 2924func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 2925 s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v 2926 return s 2927} 2928 2929// SetSccDestinationSettings sets the SccDestinationSettings field's value. 2930func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSccDestinationSettings(v *SccDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 2931 s.SccDestinationSettings = v 2932 return s 2933} 2934 2935// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value. 2936func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 2937 s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v 2938 return s 2939} 2940 2941// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value. 2942func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 2943 s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v 2944 return s 2945} 2946 2947// Caption inputs to be mapped to caption outputs. 2948type CaptionSelector struct { 2949 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2950 2951 // The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete 2952 // this field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input 2953 // is DVB-Sub and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or 2954 // PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is 2955 // being passed through, omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to 2956 // extract a specific language with pass-through captions. 2957 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` 2958 2959 // Source settings (SourceSettings) contains the group of settings for captions 2960 // in the input. 2961 SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings `locationName:"sourceSettings" type:"structure"` 2962} 2963 2964// String returns the string representation 2965func (s CaptionSelector) String() string { 2966 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 2967} 2968 2969// GoString returns the string representation 2970func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string { 2971 return s.String() 2972} 2973 2974// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 2975func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector { 2976 s.LanguageCode = &v 2977 return s 2978} 2979 2980// SetSourceSettings sets the SourceSettings field's value. 2981func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSourceSettings(v *CaptionSourceSettings) *CaptionSelector { 2982 s.SourceSettings = v 2983 return s 2984} 2985 2986// Source settings (SourceSettings) contains the group of settings for captions 2987// in the input. 2988type CaptionSourceSettings struct { 2989 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 2990 2991 // Settings for ancillary captions source. 2992 AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings `locationName:"ancillarySourceSettings" type:"structure"` 2993 2994 // DVB Sub Source Settings 2995 DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 2996 2997 // Settings for embedded captions Source 2998 EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 2999 3000 // Settings for File-based Captions in Source 3001 FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings `locationName:"fileSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 3002 3003 // Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The 3004 // service cannot auto-detect caption format. 3005 SourceType *string `locationName:"sourceType" type:"string" enum:"CaptionSourceType"` 3006 3007 // Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number. 3008 TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 3009} 3010 3011// String returns the string representation 3012func (s CaptionSourceSettings) String() string { 3013 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3014} 3015 3016// GoString returns the string representation 3017func (s CaptionSourceSettings) GoString() string { 3018 return s.String() 3019} 3020 3021// SetAncillarySourceSettings sets the AncillarySourceSettings field's value. 3022func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetAncillarySourceSettings(v *AncillarySourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { 3023 s.AncillarySourceSettings = v 3024 return s 3025} 3026 3027// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value. 3028func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { 3029 s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v 3030 return s 3031} 3032 3033// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value. 3034func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { 3035 s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v 3036 return s 3037} 3038 3039// SetFileSourceSettings sets the FileSourceSettings field's value. 3040func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetFileSourceSettings(v *FileSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { 3041 s.FileSourceSettings = v 3042 return s 3043} 3044 3045// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 3046func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetSourceType(v string) *CaptionSourceSettings { 3047 s.SourceType = &v 3048 return s 3049} 3050 3051// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value. 3052func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { 3053 s.TeletextSourceSettings = v 3054 return s 3055} 3056 3057// Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the 3058// remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within 3059// the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel 3060// unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). 3061type ChannelMapping struct { 3062 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3063 3064 // List of output channels 3065 OutputChannels []*OutputChannelMapping `locationName:"outputChannels" type:"list"` 3066} 3067 3068// String returns the string representation 3069func (s ChannelMapping) String() string { 3070 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3071} 3072 3073// GoString returns the string representation 3074func (s ChannelMapping) GoString() string { 3075 return s.String() 3076} 3077 3078// SetOutputChannels sets the OutputChannels field's value. 3079func (s *ChannelMapping) SetOutputChannels(v []*OutputChannelMapping) *ChannelMapping { 3080 s.OutputChannels = v 3081 return s 3082} 3083 3084// Settings for color correction. 3085type ColorCorrector struct { 3086 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3087 3088 // Brightness level. 3089 Brightness *int64 `locationName:"brightness" type:"integer"` 3090 3091 // Determines if colorspace conversion will be performed. If set to _None_, 3092 // no conversion will be performed. If _Force 601_ or _Force 709_ are selected, 3093 // conversion will be performed for inputs with differing colorspaces. An input's 3094 // colorspace can be specified explicitly in the "Video Selector":#inputs-video_selector 3095 // if necessary. 3096 ColorSpaceConversion *string `locationName:"colorSpaceConversion" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpaceConversion"` 3097 3098 // Contrast level. 3099 Contrast *int64 `locationName:"contrast" type:"integer"` 3100 3101 // Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for 3102 // HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided 3103 // by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 3104 // in CIE1931 color coordinate. 3105 Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"` 3106 3107 // Hue in degrees. 3108 Hue *int64 `locationName:"hue" type:"integer"` 3109 3110 // Saturation level. 3111 Saturation *int64 `locationName:"saturation" type:"integer"` 3112} 3113 3114// String returns the string representation 3115func (s ColorCorrector) String() string { 3116 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3117} 3118 3119// GoString returns the string representation 3120func (s ColorCorrector) GoString() string { 3121 return s.String() 3122} 3123 3124// SetBrightness sets the Brightness field's value. 3125func (s *ColorCorrector) SetBrightness(v int64) *ColorCorrector { 3126 s.Brightness = &v 3127 return s 3128} 3129 3130// SetColorSpaceConversion sets the ColorSpaceConversion field's value. 3131func (s *ColorCorrector) SetColorSpaceConversion(v string) *ColorCorrector { 3132 s.ColorSpaceConversion = &v 3133 return s 3134} 3135 3136// SetContrast sets the Contrast field's value. 3137func (s *ColorCorrector) SetContrast(v int64) *ColorCorrector { 3138 s.Contrast = &v 3139 return s 3140} 3141 3142// SetHdr10Metadata sets the Hdr10Metadata field's value. 3143func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHdr10Metadata(v *Hdr10Metadata) *ColorCorrector { 3144 s.Hdr10Metadata = v 3145 return s 3146} 3147 3148// SetHue sets the Hue field's value. 3149func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHue(v int64) *ColorCorrector { 3150 s.Hue = &v 3151 return s 3152} 3153 3154// SetSaturation sets the Saturation field's value. 3155func (s *ColorCorrector) SetSaturation(v int64) *ColorCorrector { 3156 s.Saturation = &v 3157 return s 3158} 3159 3160// Container specific settings. 3161type ContainerSettings struct { 3162 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3163 3164 // Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. 3165 // If not specified, the default object will be created. 3166 Container *string `locationName:"container" type:"string" enum:"ContainerType"` 3167 3168 // Settings for F4v container 3169 F4vSettings *F4vSettings `locationName:"f4vSettings" type:"structure"` 3170 3171 // Settings for M2TS Container. 3172 M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` 3173 3174 // Settings for TS segments in HLS 3175 M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure"` 3176 3177 // Settings for MOV Container. 3178 MovSettings *MovSettings `locationName:"movSettings" type:"structure"` 3179 3180 // Settings for MP4 Container 3181 Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings `locationName:"mp4Settings" type:"structure"` 3182} 3183 3184// String returns the string representation 3185func (s ContainerSettings) String() string { 3186 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3187} 3188 3189// GoString returns the string representation 3190func (s ContainerSettings) GoString() string { 3191 return s.String() 3192} 3193 3194// SetContainer sets the Container field's value. 3195func (s *ContainerSettings) SetContainer(v string) *ContainerSettings { 3196 s.Container = &v 3197 return s 3198} 3199 3200// SetF4vSettings sets the F4vSettings field's value. 3201func (s *ContainerSettings) SetF4vSettings(v *F4vSettings) *ContainerSettings { 3202 s.F4vSettings = v 3203 return s 3204} 3205 3206// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. 3207func (s *ContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ContainerSettings { 3208 s.M2tsSettings = v 3209 return s 3210} 3211 3212// SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value. 3213func (s *ContainerSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *ContainerSettings { 3214 s.M3u8Settings = v 3215 return s 3216} 3217 3218// SetMovSettings sets the MovSettings field's value. 3219func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMovSettings(v *MovSettings) *ContainerSettings { 3220 s.MovSettings = v 3221 return s 3222} 3223 3224// SetMp4Settings sets the Mp4Settings field's value. 3225func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMp4Settings(v *Mp4Settings) *ContainerSettings { 3226 s.Mp4Settings = v 3227 return s 3228} 3229 3230// Send your create job request with your job settings and IAM role. Optionally, 3231// include user metadata and the ARN for the queue. 3232type CreateJobInput struct { 3233 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3234 3235 // Idempotency token for CreateJob operation. 3236 ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 3237 3238 // When you create a job, you can either specify a job template or specify the 3239 // transcoding settings individually 3240 JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"` 3241 3242 // Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If 3243 // you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, 3244 // see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html. 3245 Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` 3246 3247 // Required. The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, 3248 // see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html. 3249 Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string"` 3250 3251 // JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. 3252 Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` 3253 3254 // User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. 3255 // You specify metadata in key/value pairs. 3256 UserMetadata map[string]*string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"` 3257} 3258 3259// String returns the string representation 3260func (s CreateJobInput) String() string { 3261 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3262} 3263 3264// GoString returns the string representation 3265func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string { 3266 return s.String() 3267} 3268 3269// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value. 3270func (s *CreateJobInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *CreateJobInput { 3271 s.ClientRequestToken = &v 3272 return s 3273} 3274 3275// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. 3276func (s *CreateJobInput) SetJobTemplate(v string) *CreateJobInput { 3277 s.JobTemplate = &v 3278 return s 3279} 3280 3281// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 3282func (s *CreateJobInput) SetQueue(v string) *CreateJobInput { 3283 s.Queue = &v 3284 return s 3285} 3286 3287// SetRole sets the Role field's value. 3288func (s *CreateJobInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateJobInput { 3289 s.Role = &v 3290 return s 3291} 3292 3293// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 3294func (s *CreateJobInput) SetSettings(v *JobSettings) *CreateJobInput { 3295 s.Settings = v 3296 return s 3297} 3298 3299// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value. 3300func (s *CreateJobInput) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput { 3301 s.UserMetadata = v 3302 return s 3303} 3304 3305// Successful create job requests will return the job JSON. 3306type CreateJobOutput struct { 3307 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3308 3309 // Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, 3310 // see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 3311 Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"` 3312} 3313 3314// String returns the string representation 3315func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string { 3316 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3317} 3318 3319// GoString returns the string representation 3320func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string { 3321 return s.String() 3322} 3323 3324// SetJob sets the Job field's value. 3325func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *CreateJobOutput { 3326 s.Job = v 3327 return s 3328} 3329 3330// Send your create job template request with the name of the template and the 3331// JSON for the template. The template JSON should include everything in a valid 3332// job, except for input location and filename, IAM role, and user metadata. 3333type CreateJobTemplateInput struct { 3334 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3335 3336 // Optional. A category for the job template you are creating 3337 Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` 3338 3339 // Optional. A description of the job template you are creating. 3340 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 3341 3342 // The name of the job template you are creating. 3343 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 3344 3345 // Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. 3346 // If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue. 3347 Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` 3348 3349 // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template 3350 // that will be applied to jobs created from it. 3351 Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` 3352} 3353 3354// String returns the string representation 3355func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) String() string { 3356 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3357} 3358 3359// GoString returns the string representation 3360func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string { 3361 return s.String() 3362} 3363 3364// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. 3365func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetCategory(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput { 3366 s.Category = &v 3367 return s 3368} 3369 3370// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 3371func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput { 3372 s.Description = &v 3373 return s 3374} 3375 3376// SetName sets the Name field's value. 3377func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput { 3378 s.Name = &v 3379 return s 3380} 3381 3382// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 3383func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetQueue(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput { 3384 s.Queue = &v 3385 return s 3386} 3387 3388// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 3389func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *CreateJobTemplateInput { 3390 s.Settings = v 3391 return s 3392} 3393 3394// Successful create job template requests will return the template JSON. 3395type CreateJobTemplateOutput struct { 3396 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3397 3398 // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use 3399 // to quickly create a job. 3400 JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` 3401} 3402 3403// String returns the string representation 3404func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) String() string { 3405 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3406} 3407 3408// GoString returns the string representation 3409func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string { 3410 return s.String() 3411} 3412 3413// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. 3414func (s *CreateJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *CreateJobTemplateOutput { 3415 s.JobTemplate = v 3416 return s 3417} 3418 3419// Send your create preset request with the name of the preset and the JSON 3420// for the output settings specified by the preset. 3421type CreatePresetInput struct { 3422 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3423 3424 // Optional. A category for the preset you are creating. 3425 Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` 3426 3427 // Optional. A description of the preset you are creating. 3428 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 3429 3430 // The name of the preset you are creating. 3431 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 3432 3433 // Settings for preset 3434 Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` 3435} 3436 3437// String returns the string representation 3438func (s CreatePresetInput) String() string { 3439 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3440} 3441 3442// GoString returns the string representation 3443func (s CreatePresetInput) GoString() string { 3444 return s.String() 3445} 3446 3447// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. 3448func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetCategory(v string) *CreatePresetInput { 3449 s.Category = &v 3450 return s 3451} 3452 3453// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 3454func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreatePresetInput { 3455 s.Description = &v 3456 return s 3457} 3458 3459// SetName sets the Name field's value. 3460func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetName(v string) *CreatePresetInput { 3461 s.Name = &v 3462 return s 3463} 3464 3465// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 3466func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *CreatePresetInput { 3467 s.Settings = v 3468 return s 3469} 3470 3471// Successful create preset requests will return the preset JSON. 3472type CreatePresetOutput struct { 3473 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3474 3475 // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that 3476 // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. 3477 Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` 3478} 3479 3480// String returns the string representation 3481func (s CreatePresetOutput) String() string { 3482 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3483} 3484 3485// GoString returns the string representation 3486func (s CreatePresetOutput) GoString() string { 3487 return s.String() 3488} 3489 3490// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value. 3491func (s *CreatePresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *CreatePresetOutput { 3492 s.Preset = v 3493 return s 3494} 3495 3496// Send your create queue request with the name of the queue. 3497type CreateQueueInput struct { 3498 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3499 3500 // Optional. A description of the queue you are creating. 3501 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 3502 3503 // The name of the queue you are creating. 3504 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 3505} 3506 3507// String returns the string representation 3508func (s CreateQueueInput) String() string { 3509 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3510} 3511 3512// GoString returns the string representation 3513func (s CreateQueueInput) GoString() string { 3514 return s.String() 3515} 3516 3517// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 3518func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateQueueInput { 3519 s.Description = &v 3520 return s 3521} 3522 3523// SetName sets the Name field's value. 3524func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetName(v string) *CreateQueueInput { 3525 s.Name = &v 3526 return s 3527} 3528 3529// Successful create queue requests will return the name of the queue you just 3530// created and information about it. 3531type CreateQueueOutput struct { 3532 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3533 3534 // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs 3535 // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues 3536 // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. 3537 Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` 3538} 3539 3540// String returns the string representation 3541func (s CreateQueueOutput) String() string { 3542 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3543} 3544 3545// GoString returns the string representation 3546func (s CreateQueueOutput) GoString() string { 3547 return s.String() 3548} 3549 3550// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 3551func (s *CreateQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *CreateQueueOutput { 3552 s.Queue = v 3553 return s 3554} 3555 3556// Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs. 3557type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct { 3558 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3559 3560 // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider 3561 SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` 3562} 3563 3564// String returns the string representation 3565func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String() string { 3566 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3567} 3568 3569// GoString returns the string representation 3570func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) GoString() string { 3571 return s.String() 3572} 3573 3574// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. 3575func (s *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *DashIsoEncryptionSettings { 3576 s.SpekeKeyProvider = v 3577 return s 3578} 3579 3580// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to 3581// DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS. 3582type DashIsoGroupSettings struct { 3583 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3584 3585 // A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the 3586 // top level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different 3587 // URL than the manifest file. 3588 BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"` 3589 3590 // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output 3591 // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify 3592 // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input 3593 // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the 3594 // first input file. 3595 Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` 3596 3597 // DRM settings. 3598 Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` 3599 3600 // Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible 3601 // with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe 3602 // after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When 3603 // Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output 3604 // file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other 3605 // output types. 3606 FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" type:"integer"` 3607 3608 // Supports HbbTV specification as indicated 3609 HbbtvCompliance *string `locationName:"hbbtvCompliance" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoHbbtvCompliance"` 3610 3611 // Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth 3612 // playout. 3613 MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"` 3614 3615 // When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally 3616 // segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, 3617 // separate segment files will be created. 3618 SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoSegmentControl"` 3619 3620 // Length of mpd segments to create (in seconds). Note that segments will end 3621 // on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual segment length 3622 // may be longer. When Emit Single File is checked, the segmentation is internal 3623 // to a single output file and it does not cause the creation of many output 3624 // files as in other output types. 3625 SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" type:"integer"` 3626} 3627 3628// String returns the string representation 3629func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) String() string { 3630 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3631} 3632 3633// GoString returns the string representation 3634func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) GoString() string { 3635 return s.String() 3636} 3637 3638// SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value. 3639func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings { 3640 s.BaseUrl = &v 3641 return s 3642} 3643 3644// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 3645func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings { 3646 s.Destination = &v 3647 return s 3648} 3649 3650// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. 3651func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) *DashIsoGroupSettings { 3652 s.Encryption = v 3653 return s 3654} 3655 3656// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value. 3657func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings { 3658 s.FragmentLength = &v 3659 return s 3660} 3661 3662// SetHbbtvCompliance sets the HbbtvCompliance field's value. 3663func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetHbbtvCompliance(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings { 3664 s.HbbtvCompliance = &v 3665 return s 3666} 3667 3668// SetMinBufferTime sets the MinBufferTime field's value. 3669func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetMinBufferTime(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings { 3670 s.MinBufferTime = &v 3671 return s 3672} 3673 3674// SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value. 3675func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings { 3676 s.SegmentControl = &v 3677 return s 3678} 3679 3680// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value. 3681func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings { 3682 s.SegmentLength = &v 3683 return s 3684} 3685 3686// Settings for deinterlacer 3687type Deinterlacer struct { 3688 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3689 3690 // Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE) 3691 // or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces 3692 // sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) 3693 // OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling 3694 // headline at the bottom of the frame. 3695 Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlaceAlgorithm"` 3696 3697 // - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames 3698 // that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that 3699 // are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer 3700 // converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged 3701 // as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the 3702 // metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. 3703 // Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive 3704 // into progressive will probably result in lower quality video. 3705 Control *string `locationName:"control" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlacerControl"` 3706 3707 // Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. 3708 // Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. 3709 // - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. 3710 // - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive. 3711 Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlacerMode"` 3712} 3713 3714// String returns the string representation 3715func (s Deinterlacer) String() string { 3716 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3717} 3718 3719// GoString returns the string representation 3720func (s Deinterlacer) GoString() string { 3721 return s.String() 3722} 3723 3724// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. 3725func (s *Deinterlacer) SetAlgorithm(v string) *Deinterlacer { 3726 s.Algorithm = &v 3727 return s 3728} 3729 3730// SetControl sets the Control field's value. 3731func (s *Deinterlacer) SetControl(v string) *Deinterlacer { 3732 s.Control = &v 3733 return s 3734} 3735 3736// SetMode sets the Mode field's value. 3737func (s *Deinterlacer) SetMode(v string) *Deinterlacer { 3738 s.Mode = &v 3739 return s 3740} 3741 3742// Delete a job template by sending a request with the job template name 3743type DeleteJobTemplateInput struct { 3744 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3745 3746 // The name of the job template to be deleted. 3747 // 3748 // Name is a required field 3749 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 3750} 3751 3752// String returns the string representation 3753func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) String() string { 3754 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3755} 3756 3757// GoString returns the string representation 3758func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) GoString() string { 3759 return s.String() 3760} 3761 3762// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 3763func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate() error { 3764 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteJobTemplateInput"} 3765 if s.Name == nil { 3766 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 3767 } 3768 3769 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 3770 return invalidParams 3771 } 3772 return nil 3773} 3774 3775// SetName sets the Name field's value. 3776func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteJobTemplateInput { 3777 s.Name = &v 3778 return s 3779} 3780 3781// Delete job template requests will return an OK message or error message with 3782// an empty body. 3783type DeleteJobTemplateOutput struct { 3784 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3785} 3786 3787// String returns the string representation 3788func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String() string { 3789 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3790} 3791 3792// GoString returns the string representation 3793func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string { 3794 return s.String() 3795} 3796 3797// Delete a preset by sending a request with the preset name 3798type DeletePresetInput struct { 3799 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3800 3801 // The name of the preset to be deleted. 3802 // 3803 // Name is a required field 3804 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 3805} 3806 3807// String returns the string representation 3808func (s DeletePresetInput) String() string { 3809 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3810} 3811 3812// GoString returns the string representation 3813func (s DeletePresetInput) GoString() string { 3814 return s.String() 3815} 3816 3817// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 3818func (s *DeletePresetInput) Validate() error { 3819 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePresetInput"} 3820 if s.Name == nil { 3821 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 3822 } 3823 3824 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 3825 return invalidParams 3826 } 3827 return nil 3828} 3829 3830// SetName sets the Name field's value. 3831func (s *DeletePresetInput) SetName(v string) *DeletePresetInput { 3832 s.Name = &v 3833 return s 3834} 3835 3836// Delete preset requests will return an OK message or error message with an 3837// empty body. 3838type DeletePresetOutput struct { 3839 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3840} 3841 3842// String returns the string representation 3843func (s DeletePresetOutput) String() string { 3844 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3845} 3846 3847// GoString returns the string representation 3848func (s DeletePresetOutput) GoString() string { 3849 return s.String() 3850} 3851 3852// Delete a queue by sending a request with the queue name 3853type DeleteQueueInput struct { 3854 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3855 3856 // The name of the queue to be deleted. 3857 // 3858 // Name is a required field 3859 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 3860} 3861 3862// String returns the string representation 3863func (s DeleteQueueInput) String() string { 3864 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3865} 3866 3867// GoString returns the string representation 3868func (s DeleteQueueInput) GoString() string { 3869 return s.String() 3870} 3871 3872// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 3873func (s *DeleteQueueInput) Validate() error { 3874 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteQueueInput"} 3875 if s.Name == nil { 3876 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 3877 } 3878 3879 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 3880 return invalidParams 3881 } 3882 return nil 3883} 3884 3885// SetName sets the Name field's value. 3886func (s *DeleteQueueInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteQueueInput { 3887 s.Name = &v 3888 return s 3889} 3890 3891// Delete queue requests will return an OK message or error message with an 3892// empty body. 3893type DeleteQueueOutput struct { 3894 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3895} 3896 3897// String returns the string representation 3898func (s DeleteQueueOutput) String() string { 3899 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3900} 3901 3902// GoString returns the string representation 3903func (s DeleteQueueOutput) GoString() string { 3904 return s.String() 3905} 3906 3907// Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your 3908// account API endpoint. 3909type DescribeEndpointsInput struct { 3910 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3911 3912 // Optional. Max number of endpoints, up to twenty, that will be returned at 3913 // one time. 3914 MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` 3915 3916 // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request 3917 // the next batch of endpoints. 3918 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 3919} 3920 3921// String returns the string representation 3922func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) String() string { 3923 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3924} 3925 3926// GoString returns the string representation 3927func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) GoString() string { 3928 return s.String() 3929} 3930 3931// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 3932func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeEndpointsInput { 3933 s.MaxResults = &v 3934 return s 3935} 3936 3937// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 3938func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEndpointsInput { 3939 s.NextToken = &v 3940 return s 3941} 3942 3943// Successful describe endpoints requests will return your account API endpoint. 3944type DescribeEndpointsOutput struct { 3945 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3946 3947 // List of endpoints 3948 Endpoints []*Endpoint `locationName:"endpoints" type:"list"` 3949 3950 // Use this string to request the next batch of endpoints. 3951 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 3952} 3953 3954// String returns the string representation 3955func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) String() string { 3956 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3957} 3958 3959// GoString returns the string representation 3960func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) GoString() string { 3961 return s.String() 3962} 3963 3964// SetEndpoints sets the Endpoints field's value. 3965func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetEndpoints(v []*Endpoint) *DescribeEndpointsOutput { 3966 s.Endpoints = v 3967 return s 3968} 3969 3970// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 3971func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEndpointsOutput { 3972 s.NextToken = &v 3973 return s 3974} 3975 3976// Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition 3977// interval. 3978type DvbNitSettings struct { 3979 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 3980 3981 // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT). 3982 NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer"` 3983 3984 // The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network 3985 // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 3986 NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" type:"string"` 3987 3988 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 3989 // transport stream. 3990 NitInterval *int64 `locationName:"nitInterval" type:"integer"` 3991} 3992 3993// String returns the string representation 3994func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string { 3995 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 3996} 3997 3998// GoString returns the string representation 3999func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string { 4000 return s.String() 4001} 4002 4003// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. 4004func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { 4005 s.NetworkId = &v 4006 return s 4007} 4008 4009// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value. 4010func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings { 4011 s.NetworkName = &v 4012 return s 4013} 4014 4015// SetNitInterval sets the NitInterval field's value. 4016func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNitInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { 4017 s.NitInterval = &v 4018 return s 4019} 4020 4021// Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition 4022// interval. 4023type DvbSdtSettings struct { 4024 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4025 4026 // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input 4027 // SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input 4028 // SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream 4029 // if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on 4030 // the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT 4031 // information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information. 4032 OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"OutputSdt"` 4033 4034 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 4035 // transport stream. 4036 SdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"sdtInterval" type:"integer"` 4037 4038 // The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description 4039 // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 4040 ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string"` 4041 4042 // The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service 4043 // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 4044 ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" type:"string"` 4045} 4046 4047// String returns the string representation 4048func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string { 4049 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4050} 4051 4052// GoString returns the string representation 4053func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string { 4054 return s.String() 4055} 4056 4057// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value. 4058func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 4059 s.OutputSdt = &v 4060 return s 4061} 4062 4063// SetSdtInterval sets the SdtInterval field's value. 4064func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetSdtInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings { 4065 s.SdtInterval = &v 4066 return s 4067} 4068 4069// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. 4070func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 4071 s.ServiceName = &v 4072 return s 4073} 4074 4075// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value. 4076func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 4077 s.ServiceProviderName = &v 4078 return s 4079} 4080 4081// DVB-Sub Destination Settings 4082type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct { 4083 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4084 4085 // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to 4086 // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, 4087 // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. 4088 // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 4089 // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 4090 // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 4091 // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 4092 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4093 Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleAlignment"` 4094 4095 // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and 4096 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4097 BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor"` 4098 4099 // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 4100 // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). 4101 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4102 BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` 4103 4104 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 4105 // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 4106 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 4107 // settings must match. 4108 FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleFontColor"` 4109 4110 // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All 4111 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4112 FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` 4113 4114 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and 4115 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4116 FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" type:"integer"` 4117 4118 // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for 4119 // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must 4120 // match. 4121 FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` 4122 4123 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 4124 // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 4125 // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 4126 // must match. 4127 OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleOutlineColor"` 4128 4129 // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source 4130 // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 4131 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 4132 // settings must match. 4133 OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` 4134 4135 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub 4136 // font settings must match. 4137 ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleShadowColor"` 4138 4139 // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving 4140 // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All 4141 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4142 ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` 4143 4144 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in 4145 // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. 4146 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4147 ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` 4148 4149 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. 4150 // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All 4151 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4152 ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` 4153 4154 // Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used 4155 // to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs 4156 // and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 4157 TeletextSpacing *string `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing"` 4158 4159 // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side 4160 // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 4161 // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, 4162 // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. 4163 // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 4164 // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 4165 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4166 XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` 4167 4168 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the 4169 // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 4170 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, 4171 // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option 4172 // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. 4173 // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All 4174 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 4175 YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` 4176} 4177 4178// String returns the string representation 4179func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string { 4180 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4181} 4182 4183// GoString returns the string representation 4184func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 4185 return s.String() 4186} 4187 4188// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. 4189func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4190 s.Alignment = &v 4191 return s 4192} 4193 4194// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. 4195func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4196 s.BackgroundColor = &v 4197 return s 4198} 4199 4200// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. 4201func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4202 s.BackgroundOpacity = &v 4203 return s 4204} 4205 4206// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. 4207func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4208 s.FontColor = &v 4209 return s 4210} 4211 4212// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. 4213func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4214 s.FontOpacity = &v 4215 return s 4216} 4217 4218// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. 4219func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4220 s.FontResolution = &v 4221 return s 4222} 4223 4224// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 4225func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4226 s.FontSize = &v 4227 return s 4228} 4229 4230// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. 4231func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4232 s.OutlineColor = &v 4233 return s 4234} 4235 4236// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. 4237func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4238 s.OutlineSize = &v 4239 return s 4240} 4241 4242// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. 4243func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4244 s.ShadowColor = &v 4245 return s 4246} 4247 4248// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. 4249func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4250 s.ShadowOpacity = &v 4251 return s 4252} 4253 4254// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. 4255func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4256 s.ShadowXOffset = &v 4257 return s 4258} 4259 4260// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. 4261func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4262 s.ShadowYOffset = &v 4263 return s 4264} 4265 4266// SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value. 4267func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4268 s.TeletextSpacing = &v 4269 return s 4270} 4271 4272// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. 4273func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4274 s.XPosition = &v 4275 return s 4276} 4277 4278// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. 4279func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 4280 s.YPosition = &v 4281 return s 4282} 4283 4284// DVB Sub Source Settings 4285type DvbSubSourceSettings struct { 4286 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4287 4288 // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source 4289 // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, 4290 // regardless of selectors. 4291 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` 4292} 4293 4294// String returns the string representation 4295func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string { 4296 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4297} 4298 4299// GoString returns the string representation 4300func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string { 4301 return s.String() 4302} 4303 4304// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 4305func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings { 4306 s.Pid = &v 4307 return s 4308} 4309 4310// Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. 4311type DvbTdtSettings struct { 4312 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4313 4314 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 4315 // transport stream. 4316 TdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"tdtInterval" type:"integer"` 4317} 4318 4319// String returns the string representation 4320func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string { 4321 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4322} 4323 4324// GoString returns the string representation 4325func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string { 4326 return s.String() 4327} 4328 4329// SetTdtInterval sets the TdtInterval field's value. 4330func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetTdtInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings { 4331 s.TdtInterval = &v 4332 return s 4333} 4334 4335// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 4336// the value EAC3. 4337type Eac3Settings struct { 4338 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4339 4340 // If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. 4341 // Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 4342 AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"` 4343 4344 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. 4345 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 4346 4347 // Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See 4348 // ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. 4349 BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"` 4350 4351 // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. 4352 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"` 4353 4354 // Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. 4355 DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"` 4356 4357 // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital 4358 // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through. 4359 Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" type:"integer"` 4360 4361 // Enables Dynamic Range Compression that restricts the absolute peak level 4362 // for a signal. 4363 DynamicRangeCompressionLine *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine"` 4364 4365 // Enables Heavy Dynamic Range Compression, ensures that the instantaneous signal 4366 // peaks do not exceed specified levels. 4367 DynamicRangeCompressionRf *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf"` 4368 4369 // When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled 4370 LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"` 4371 4372 // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only 4373 // valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. 4374 LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"` 4375 4376 // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid 4377 // values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 4378 LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` 4379 4380 // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid 4381 // values: -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 4382 LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` 4383 4384 // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid 4385 // values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 4386 LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` 4387 4388 // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid 4389 // values: -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 4390 LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` 4391 4392 // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, 4393 // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 4394 // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 4395 MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"` 4396 4397 // When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is 4398 // present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. 4399 // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent 4400 // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. 4401 PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"` 4402 4403 // Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only 4404 // used for 3/2 coding mode. 4405 PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"` 4406 4407 // Sample rate in hz. Sample rate is always 48000. 4408 SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` 4409 4410 // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 4411 StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"` 4412 4413 // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel 4414 // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. 4415 SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"` 4416 4417 // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into 4418 // the two channels. 4419 SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"` 4420} 4421 4422// String returns the string representation 4423func (s Eac3Settings) String() string { 4424 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4425} 4426 4427// GoString returns the string representation 4428func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string { 4429 return s.String() 4430} 4431 4432// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value. 4433func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4434 s.AttenuationControl = &v 4435 return s 4436} 4437 4438// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 4439func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Eac3Settings { 4440 s.Bitrate = &v 4441 return s 4442} 4443 4444// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. 4445func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4446 s.BitstreamMode = &v 4447 return s 4448} 4449 4450// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 4451func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4452 s.CodingMode = &v 4453 return s 4454} 4455 4456// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value. 4457func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4458 s.DcFilter = &v 4459 return s 4460} 4461 4462// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. 4463func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings { 4464 s.Dialnorm = &v 4465 return s 4466} 4467 4468// SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine sets the DynamicRangeCompressionLine field's value. 4469func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4470 s.DynamicRangeCompressionLine = &v 4471 return s 4472} 4473 4474// SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf sets the DynamicRangeCompressionRf field's value. 4475func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4476 s.DynamicRangeCompressionRf = &v 4477 return s 4478} 4479 4480// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value. 4481func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4482 s.LfeControl = &v 4483 return s 4484} 4485 4486// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. 4487func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4488 s.LfeFilter = &v 4489 return s 4490} 4491 4492// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value. 4493func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 4494 s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v 4495 return s 4496} 4497 4498// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value. 4499func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 4500 s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v 4501 return s 4502} 4503 4504// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value. 4505func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 4506 s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v 4507 return s 4508} 4509 4510// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value. 4511func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 4512 s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v 4513 return s 4514} 4515 4516// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. 4517func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4518 s.MetadataControl = &v 4519 return s 4520} 4521 4522// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value. 4523func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4524 s.PassthroughControl = &v 4525 return s 4526} 4527 4528// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value. 4529func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4530 s.PhaseControl = &v 4531 return s 4532} 4533 4534// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 4535func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Eac3Settings { 4536 s.SampleRate = &v 4537 return s 4538} 4539 4540// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value. 4541func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4542 s.StereoDownmix = &v 4543 return s 4544} 4545 4546// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value. 4547func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4548 s.SurroundExMode = &v 4549 return s 4550} 4551 4552// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value. 4553func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 4554 s.SurroundMode = &v 4555 return s 4556} 4557 4558// Settings for embedded captions Source 4559type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct { 4560 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4561 4562 // When set to UPCONVERT, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility 4563 // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data 4564 // present in the source content will be discarded. 4565 Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"` 4566 4567 // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to 4568 // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. 4569 Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" type:"integer"` 4570 4571 // Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system 4572 // only supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'. 4573 Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" type:"integer"` 4574} 4575 4576// String returns the string representation 4577func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string { 4578 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4579} 4580 4581// GoString returns the string representation 4582func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string { 4583 return s.String() 4584} 4585 4586// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. 4587func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 4588 s.Convert608To708 = &v 4589 return s 4590} 4591 4592// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. 4593func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 4594 s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v 4595 return s 4596} 4597 4598// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value. 4599func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 4600 s.Source608TrackNumber = &v 4601 return s 4602} 4603 4604// Describes account specific API endpoint 4605type Endpoint struct { 4606 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4607 4608 // URL of endpoint 4609 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 4610} 4611 4612// String returns the string representation 4613func (s Endpoint) String() string { 4614 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4615} 4616 4617// GoString returns the string representation 4618func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { 4619 return s.String() 4620} 4621 4622// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 4623func (s *Endpoint) SetUrl(v string) *Endpoint { 4624 s.Url = &v 4625 return s 4626} 4627 4628// Settings for F4v container 4629type F4vSettings struct { 4630 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4631 4632 // If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning 4633 // of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed 4634 // normally at the end. 4635 MoovPlacement *string `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"F4vMoovPlacement"` 4636} 4637 4638// String returns the string representation 4639func (s F4vSettings) String() string { 4640 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4641} 4642 4643// GoString returns the string representation 4644func (s F4vSettings) GoString() string { 4645 return s.String() 4646} 4647 4648// SetMoovPlacement sets the MoovPlacement field's value. 4649func (s *F4vSettings) SetMoovPlacement(v string) *F4vSettings { 4650 s.MoovPlacement = &v 4651 return s 4652} 4653 4654// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to 4655// FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS. 4656type FileGroupSettings struct { 4657 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4658 4659 // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output 4660 // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify 4661 // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input 4662 // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the 4663 // first input file. 4664 Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` 4665} 4666 4667// String returns the string representation 4668func (s FileGroupSettings) String() string { 4669 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4670} 4671 4672// GoString returns the string representation 4673func (s FileGroupSettings) GoString() string { 4674 return s.String() 4675} 4676 4677// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 4678func (s *FileGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *FileGroupSettings { 4679 s.Destination = &v 4680 return s 4681} 4682 4683// Settings for File-based Captions in Source 4684type FileSourceSettings struct { 4685 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4686 4687 // If set to UPCONVERT, 608 caption data is both passed through via the "608 4688 // compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 4689 // 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded. 4690 Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"FileSourceConvert608To708"` 4691 4692 // External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions 4693 // are 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', and 'smi'. 4694 SourceFile *string `locationName:"sourceFile" type:"string"` 4695 4696 // Specifies a time delta in seconds to offset the captions from the source 4697 // file. 4698 TimeDelta *int64 `locationName:"timeDelta" type:"integer"` 4699} 4700 4701// String returns the string representation 4702func (s FileSourceSettings) String() string { 4703 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4704} 4705 4706// GoString returns the string representation 4707func (s FileSourceSettings) GoString() string { 4708 return s.String() 4709} 4710 4711// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. 4712func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *FileSourceSettings { 4713 s.Convert608To708 = &v 4714 return s 4715} 4716 4717// SetSourceFile sets the SourceFile field's value. 4718func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetSourceFile(v string) *FileSourceSettings { 4719 s.SourceFile = &v 4720 return s 4721} 4722 4723// SetTimeDelta sets the TimeDelta field's value. 4724func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetTimeDelta(v int64) *FileSourceSettings { 4725 s.TimeDelta = &v 4726 return s 4727} 4728 4729// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to 4730// the value FRAME_CAPTURE. 4731type FrameCaptureSettings struct { 4732 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4733 4734 // Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one 4735 // frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, 4736 // settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 4737 // 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. 4738 // Files will be named as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number 4739 // of each Capture. 4740 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` 4741 4742 // Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one 4743 // frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, 4744 // settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 4745 // 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. 4746 // Files will be named as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame 4747 // sequence number zero padded to 7 decimal places. 4748 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` 4749 4750 // Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files). 4751 MaxCaptures *int64 `locationName:"maxCaptures" type:"integer"` 4752 4753 // JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality. 4754 Quality *int64 `locationName:"quality" type:"integer"` 4755} 4756 4757// String returns the string representation 4758func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string { 4759 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4760} 4761 4762// GoString returns the string representation 4763func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string { 4764 return s.String() 4765} 4766 4767// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 4768func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { 4769 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 4770 return s 4771} 4772 4773// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 4774func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { 4775 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 4776 return s 4777} 4778 4779// SetMaxCaptures sets the MaxCaptures field's value. 4780func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetMaxCaptures(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { 4781 s.MaxCaptures = &v 4782 return s 4783} 4784 4785// SetQuality sets the Quality field's value. 4786func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetQuality(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { 4787 s.Quality = &v 4788 return s 4789} 4790 4791// Query a job by sending a request with the job ID. 4792type GetJobInput struct { 4793 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4794 4795 // the job ID of the job. 4796 // 4797 // Id is a required field 4798 Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` 4799} 4800 4801// String returns the string representation 4802func (s GetJobInput) String() string { 4803 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4804} 4805 4806// GoString returns the string representation 4807func (s GetJobInput) GoString() string { 4808 return s.String() 4809} 4810 4811// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4812func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error { 4813 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobInput"} 4814 if s.Id == nil { 4815 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) 4816 } 4817 4818 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4819 return invalidParams 4820 } 4821 return nil 4822} 4823 4824// SetId sets the Id field's value. 4825func (s *GetJobInput) SetId(v string) *GetJobInput { 4826 s.Id = &v 4827 return s 4828} 4829 4830// Successful get job requests will return an OK message and the job JSON. 4831type GetJobOutput struct { 4832 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4833 4834 // Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, 4835 // see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 4836 Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"` 4837} 4838 4839// String returns the string representation 4840func (s GetJobOutput) String() string { 4841 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4842} 4843 4844// GoString returns the string representation 4845func (s GetJobOutput) GoString() string { 4846 return s.String() 4847} 4848 4849// SetJob sets the Job field's value. 4850func (s *GetJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *GetJobOutput { 4851 s.Job = v 4852 return s 4853} 4854 4855// Query a job template by sending a request with the job template name. 4856type GetJobTemplateInput struct { 4857 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4858 4859 // The name of the job template. 4860 // 4861 // Name is a required field 4862 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 4863} 4864 4865// String returns the string representation 4866func (s GetJobTemplateInput) String() string { 4867 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4868} 4869 4870// GoString returns the string representation 4871func (s GetJobTemplateInput) GoString() string { 4872 return s.String() 4873} 4874 4875// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4876func (s *GetJobTemplateInput) Validate() error { 4877 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobTemplateInput"} 4878 if s.Name == nil { 4879 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 4880 } 4881 4882 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4883 return invalidParams 4884 } 4885 return nil 4886} 4887 4888// SetName sets the Name field's value. 4889func (s *GetJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *GetJobTemplateInput { 4890 s.Name = &v 4891 return s 4892} 4893 4894// Successful get job template requests will return an OK message and the job 4895// template JSON. 4896type GetJobTemplateOutput struct { 4897 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4898 4899 // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use 4900 // to quickly create a job. 4901 JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` 4902} 4903 4904// String returns the string representation 4905func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) String() string { 4906 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4907} 4908 4909// GoString returns the string representation 4910func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string { 4911 return s.String() 4912} 4913 4914// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. 4915func (s *GetJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *GetJobTemplateOutput { 4916 s.JobTemplate = v 4917 return s 4918} 4919 4920// Query a preset by sending a request with the preset name. 4921type GetPresetInput struct { 4922 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4923 4924 // The name of the preset. 4925 // 4926 // Name is a required field 4927 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 4928} 4929 4930// String returns the string representation 4931func (s GetPresetInput) String() string { 4932 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4933} 4934 4935// GoString returns the string representation 4936func (s GetPresetInput) GoString() string { 4937 return s.String() 4938} 4939 4940// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4941func (s *GetPresetInput) Validate() error { 4942 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPresetInput"} 4943 if s.Name == nil { 4944 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 4945 } 4946 4947 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4948 return invalidParams 4949 } 4950 return nil 4951} 4952 4953// SetName sets the Name field's value. 4954func (s *GetPresetInput) SetName(v string) *GetPresetInput { 4955 s.Name = &v 4956 return s 4957} 4958 4959// Successful get preset requests will return an OK message and the preset JSON. 4960type GetPresetOutput struct { 4961 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4962 4963 // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that 4964 // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. 4965 Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` 4966} 4967 4968// String returns the string representation 4969func (s GetPresetOutput) String() string { 4970 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4971} 4972 4973// GoString returns the string representation 4974func (s GetPresetOutput) GoString() string { 4975 return s.String() 4976} 4977 4978// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value. 4979func (s *GetPresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *GetPresetOutput { 4980 s.Preset = v 4981 return s 4982} 4983 4984// Query a queue by sending a request with the queue name. 4985type GetQueueInput struct { 4986 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4987 4988 // The name of the queue. 4989 // 4990 // Name is a required field 4991 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 4992} 4993 4994// String returns the string representation 4995func (s GetQueueInput) String() string { 4996 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4997} 4998 4999// GoString returns the string representation 5000func (s GetQueueInput) GoString() string { 5001 return s.String() 5002} 5003 5004// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5005func (s *GetQueueInput) Validate() error { 5006 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetQueueInput"} 5007 if s.Name == nil { 5008 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 5009 } 5010 5011 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5012 return invalidParams 5013 } 5014 return nil 5015} 5016 5017// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5018func (s *GetQueueInput) SetName(v string) *GetQueueInput { 5019 s.Name = &v 5020 return s 5021} 5022 5023// Successful get queue requests will return an OK message and the queue JSON. 5024type GetQueueOutput struct { 5025 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5026 5027 // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs 5028 // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues 5029 // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. 5030 Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` 5031} 5032 5033// String returns the string representation 5034func (s GetQueueOutput) String() string { 5035 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5036} 5037 5038// GoString returns the string representation 5039func (s GetQueueOutput) GoString() string { 5040 return s.String() 5041} 5042 5043// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 5044func (s *GetQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *GetQueueOutput { 5045 s.Queue = v 5046 return s 5047} 5048 5049// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to 5050// the value H_264. 5051type H264Settings struct { 5052 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5053 5054 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 5055 // quality. 5056 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"` 5057 5058 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits 5059 // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 5060 // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded 5061 // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. 5062 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 5063 5064 // H.264 Level. 5065 CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264CodecLevel"` 5066 5067 // H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the 5068 // AVC-I License. 5069 CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"H264CodecProfile"` 5070 5071 // Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC. 5072 EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"` 5073 5074 // Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. 5075 FieldEncoding *string `locationName:"fieldEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264FieldEncoding"` 5076 5077 // Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. 5078 FlickerAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization"` 5079 5080 // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want 5081 // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this 5082 // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. 5083 FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"` 5084 5085 // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. 5086 FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm"` 5087 5088 // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, specify 5089 // the framerate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use 5090 // FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this 5091 // example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the 5092 // console for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, provide the value 5093 // as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. 5094 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` 5095 5096 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 5097 // fps. 5098 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` 5099 5100 // If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 5101 // 1. 5102 GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"` 5103 5104 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 5105 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 5106 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 5107 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 5108 5109 // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than 5110 // zero. 5111 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 5112 5113 // Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds 5114 // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 5115 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"` 5116 5117 // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). 5118 HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` 5119 5120 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 5121 // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. 5122 HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` 5123 5124 // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. 5125 // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce 5126 // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top 5127 // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default 5128 // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, 5129 // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the 5130 // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow 5131 // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and 5132 // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be 5133 // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending 5134 // on which of the Follow options you chose. 5135 InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"H264InterlaceMode"` 5136 5137 // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be 5138 // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 5139 // or 0.5m. 5140 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` 5141 5142 // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted 5143 // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval 5144 // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene 5145 // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting 5146 // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is 5147 // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch 5148 // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 5149 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 5150 5151 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. 5152 NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` 5153 5154 // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested 5155 // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. 5156 NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` 5157 5158 // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the 5159 // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing 5160 // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 5161 ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"` 5162 5163 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 5164 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` 5165 5166 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 5167 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` 5168 5169 // Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to 5170 // use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass 5171 // video encoding. 5172 QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264QualityTuningLevel"` 5173 5174 // Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) 5175 // does not write HRD parameters. 5176 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"` 5177 5178 // Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated. 5179 RepeatPps *string `locationName:"repeatPps" type:"string" enum:"H264RepeatPps"` 5180 5181 // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). 5182 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"` 5183 5184 // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of 5185 // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half 5186 // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. 5187 Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" type:"integer"` 5188 5189 // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled 5190 // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 5191 SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"H264SlowPal"` 5192 5193 // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content 5194 // in the encoded image. 5195 Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` 5196 5197 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content 5198 // complexity. 5199 SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"` 5200 5201 // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. 5202 Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"` 5203 5204 // This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) 5205 // field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors 5206 // > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced 5207 // Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, 5208 // Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output 5209 // from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output 5210 // to 29.97i. 5211 Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"H264Telecine"` 5212 5213 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content 5214 // complexity. 5215 TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"` 5216 5217 // Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. 5218 UnregisteredSeiTimecode *string `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode"` 5219} 5220 5221// String returns the string representation 5222func (s H264Settings) String() string { 5223 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5224} 5225 5226// GoString returns the string representation 5227func (s H264Settings) GoString() string { 5228 return s.String() 5229} 5230 5231// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 5232func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { 5233 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 5234 return s 5235} 5236 5237// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 5238func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { 5239 s.Bitrate = &v 5240 return s 5241} 5242 5243// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value. 5244func (s *H264Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *H264Settings { 5245 s.CodecLevel = &v 5246 return s 5247} 5248 5249// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. 5250func (s *H264Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *H264Settings { 5251 s.CodecProfile = &v 5252 return s 5253} 5254 5255// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value. 5256func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings { 5257 s.EntropyEncoding = &v 5258 return s 5259} 5260 5261// SetFieldEncoding sets the FieldEncoding field's value. 5262func (s *H264Settings) SetFieldEncoding(v string) *H264Settings { 5263 s.FieldEncoding = &v 5264 return s 5265} 5266 5267// SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization sets the FlickerAdaptiveQuantization field's value. 5268func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { 5269 s.FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = &v 5270 return s 5271} 5272 5273// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. 5274func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings { 5275 s.FramerateControl = &v 5276 return s 5277} 5278 5279// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value. 5280func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *H264Settings { 5281 s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v 5282 return s 5283} 5284 5285// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 5286func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { 5287 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 5288 return s 5289} 5290 5291// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 5292func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { 5293 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 5294 return s 5295} 5296 5297// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value. 5298func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings { 5299 s.GopBReference = &v 5300 return s 5301} 5302 5303// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 5304func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings { 5305 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 5306 return s 5307} 5308 5309// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 5310func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings { 5311 s.GopSize = &v 5312 return s 5313} 5314 5315// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 5316func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings { 5317 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 5318 return s 5319} 5320 5321// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value. 5322func (s *H264Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *H264Settings { 5323 s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v 5324 return s 5325} 5326 5327// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value. 5328func (s *H264Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *H264Settings { 5329 s.HrdBufferSize = &v 5330 return s 5331} 5332 5333// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value. 5334func (s *H264Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *H264Settings { 5335 s.InterlaceMode = &v 5336 return s 5337} 5338 5339// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 5340func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { 5341 s.MaxBitrate = &v 5342 return s 5343} 5344 5345// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 5346func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings { 5347 s.MinIInterval = &v 5348 return s 5349} 5350 5351// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value. 5352func (s *H264Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { 5353 s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v 5354 return s 5355} 5356 5357// SetNumberReferenceFrames sets the NumberReferenceFrames field's value. 5358func (s *H264Settings) SetNumberReferenceFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { 5359 s.NumberReferenceFrames = &v 5360 return s 5361} 5362 5363// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. 5364func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings { 5365 s.ParControl = &v 5366 return s 5367} 5368 5369// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 5370func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { 5371 s.ParDenominator = &v 5372 return s 5373} 5374 5375// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 5376func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { 5377 s.ParNumerator = &v 5378 return s 5379} 5380 5381// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value. 5382func (s *H264Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *H264Settings { 5383 s.QualityTuningLevel = &v 5384 return s 5385} 5386 5387// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 5388func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings { 5389 s.RateControlMode = &v 5390 return s 5391} 5392 5393// SetRepeatPps sets the RepeatPps field's value. 5394func (s *H264Settings) SetRepeatPps(v string) *H264Settings { 5395 s.RepeatPps = &v 5396 return s 5397} 5398 5399// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 5400func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings { 5401 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 5402 return s 5403} 5404 5405// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. 5406func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings { 5407 s.Slices = &v 5408 return s 5409} 5410 5411// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value. 5412func (s *H264Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *H264Settings { 5413 s.SlowPal = &v 5414 return s 5415} 5416 5417// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value. 5418func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings { 5419 s.Softness = &v 5420 return s 5421} 5422 5423// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value. 5424func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { 5425 s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v 5426 return s 5427} 5428 5429// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value. 5430func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings { 5431 s.Syntax = &v 5432 return s 5433} 5434 5435// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value. 5436func (s *H264Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *H264Settings { 5437 s.Telecine = &v 5438 return s 5439} 5440 5441// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value. 5442func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { 5443 s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v 5444 return s 5445} 5446 5447// SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode sets the UnregisteredSeiTimecode field's value. 5448func (s *H264Settings) SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode(v string) *H264Settings { 5449 s.UnregisteredSeiTimecode = &v 5450 return s 5451} 5452 5453// Settings for H265 codec 5454type H265Settings struct { 5455 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5456 5457 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 5458 // quality. 5459 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"` 5460 5461 // Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid 5462 // Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF). 5463 AlternateTransferFunctionSei *string `locationName:"alternateTransferFunctionSei" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei"` 5464 5465 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits 5466 // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 5467 // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded 5468 // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. 5469 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 5470 5471 // H.265 Level. 5472 CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"H265CodecLevel"` 5473 5474 // Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections 5475 // are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile 5476 // with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License. 5477 CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"H265CodecProfile"` 5478 5479 // Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. 5480 FlickerAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization"` 5481 5482 // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want 5483 // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this 5484 // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. 5485 FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265FramerateControl"` 5486 5487 // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. 5488 FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm"` 5489 5490 // Framerate denominator. 5491 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` 5492 5493 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 5494 // fps. 5495 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` 5496 5497 // If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 5498 // 1. 5499 GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H265GopBReference"` 5500 5501 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 5502 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 5503 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 5504 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 5505 5506 // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than 5507 // zero. 5508 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 5509 5510 // Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds 5511 // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 5512 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"` 5513 5514 // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). 5515 HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` 5516 5517 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 5518 // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. 5519 HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` 5520 5521 // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. 5522 // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce 5523 // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top 5524 // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default 5525 // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, 5526 // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the 5527 // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow 5528 // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and 5529 // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be 5530 // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending 5531 // on which of the Follow options you chose. 5532 InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"H265InterlaceMode"` 5533 5534 // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be 5535 // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 5536 // or 0.5m. 5537 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` 5538 5539 // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted 5540 // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval 5541 // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene 5542 // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting 5543 // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is 5544 // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch 5545 // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 5546 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 5547 5548 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. 5549 NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` 5550 5551 // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested 5552 // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. 5553 NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` 5554 5555 // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the 5556 // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing 5557 // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 5558 ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H265ParControl"` 5559 5560 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 5561 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` 5562 5563 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 5564 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` 5565 5566 // Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to 5567 // use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass 5568 // video encoding. 5569 QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"H265QualityTuningLevel"` 5570 5571 // Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) 5572 // does not write HRD parameters. 5573 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"` 5574 5575 // Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically 5576 // selects best strength based on content 5577 SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode *string `locationName:"sampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode" type:"string" enum:"H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode"` 5578 5579 // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). 5580 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"` 5581 5582 // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of 5583 // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half 5584 // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. 5585 Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" type:"integer"` 5586 5587 // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled 5588 // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 5589 SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"H265SlowPal"` 5590 5591 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content 5592 // complexity. 5593 SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"` 5594 5595 // This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) 5596 // field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors 5597 // > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced 5598 // Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, 5599 // Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output 5600 // from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output 5601 // to 29.97i. 5602 Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"H265Telecine"` 5603 5604 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content 5605 // complexity. 5606 TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"` 5607 5608 // Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers 5609 // are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, 5610 // reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can 5611 // form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal 5612 // layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream 5613 // with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder 5614 // could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and 5615 // P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output. 5616 TemporalIds *string `locationName:"temporalIds" type:"string" enum:"H265TemporalIds"` 5617 5618 // Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision 5619 // of the encoded pictures. 5620 Tiles *string `locationName:"tiles" type:"string" enum:"H265Tiles"` 5621 5622 // Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. 5623 UnregisteredSeiTimecode *string `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode"` 5624} 5625 5626// String returns the string representation 5627func (s H265Settings) String() string { 5628 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5629} 5630 5631// GoString returns the string representation 5632func (s H265Settings) GoString() string { 5633 return s.String() 5634} 5635 5636// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 5637func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { 5638 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 5639 return s 5640} 5641 5642// SetAlternateTransferFunctionSei sets the AlternateTransferFunctionSei field's value. 5643func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternateTransferFunctionSei(v string) *H265Settings { 5644 s.AlternateTransferFunctionSei = &v 5645 return s 5646} 5647 5648// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 5649func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { 5650 s.Bitrate = &v 5651 return s 5652} 5653 5654// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value. 5655func (s *H265Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *H265Settings { 5656 s.CodecLevel = &v 5657 return s 5658} 5659 5660// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. 5661func (s *H265Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *H265Settings { 5662 s.CodecProfile = &v 5663 return s 5664} 5665 5666// SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization sets the FlickerAdaptiveQuantization field's value. 5667func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { 5668 s.FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = &v 5669 return s 5670} 5671 5672// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. 5673func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H265Settings { 5674 s.FramerateControl = &v 5675 return s 5676} 5677 5678// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value. 5679func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *H265Settings { 5680 s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v 5681 return s 5682} 5683 5684// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 5685func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { 5686 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 5687 return s 5688} 5689 5690// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 5691func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { 5692 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 5693 return s 5694} 5695 5696// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value. 5697func (s *H265Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H265Settings { 5698 s.GopBReference = &v 5699 return s 5700} 5701 5702// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 5703func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings { 5704 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 5705 return s 5706} 5707 5708// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 5709func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings { 5710 s.GopSize = &v 5711 return s 5712} 5713 5714// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 5715func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings { 5716 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 5717 return s 5718} 5719 5720// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value. 5721func (s *H265Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *H265Settings { 5722 s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v 5723 return s 5724} 5725 5726// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value. 5727func (s *H265Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *H265Settings { 5728 s.HrdBufferSize = &v 5729 return s 5730} 5731 5732// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value. 5733func (s *H265Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *H265Settings { 5734 s.InterlaceMode = &v 5735 return s 5736} 5737 5738// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 5739func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { 5740 s.MaxBitrate = &v 5741 return s 5742} 5743 5744// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 5745func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings { 5746 s.MinIInterval = &v 5747 return s 5748} 5749 5750// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value. 5751func (s *H265Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *H265Settings { 5752 s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v 5753 return s 5754} 5755 5756// SetNumberReferenceFrames sets the NumberReferenceFrames field's value. 5757func (s *H265Settings) SetNumberReferenceFrames(v int64) *H265Settings { 5758 s.NumberReferenceFrames = &v 5759 return s 5760} 5761 5762// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. 5763func (s *H265Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H265Settings { 5764 s.ParControl = &v 5765 return s 5766} 5767 5768// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 5769func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { 5770 s.ParDenominator = &v 5771 return s 5772} 5773 5774// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 5775func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { 5776 s.ParNumerator = &v 5777 return s 5778} 5779 5780// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value. 5781func (s *H265Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *H265Settings { 5782 s.QualityTuningLevel = &v 5783 return s 5784} 5785 5786// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 5787func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings { 5788 s.RateControlMode = &v 5789 return s 5790} 5791 5792// SetSampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode sets the SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode field's value. 5793func (s *H265Settings) SetSampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode(v string) *H265Settings { 5794 s.SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = &v 5795 return s 5796} 5797 5798// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 5799func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings { 5800 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 5801 return s 5802} 5803 5804// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. 5805func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings { 5806 s.Slices = &v 5807 return s 5808} 5809 5810// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value. 5811func (s *H265Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *H265Settings { 5812 s.SlowPal = &v 5813 return s 5814} 5815 5816// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value. 5817func (s *H265Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { 5818 s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v 5819 return s 5820} 5821 5822// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value. 5823func (s *H265Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *H265Settings { 5824 s.Telecine = &v 5825 return s 5826} 5827 5828// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value. 5829func (s *H265Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { 5830 s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v 5831 return s 5832} 5833 5834// SetTemporalIds sets the TemporalIds field's value. 5835func (s *H265Settings) SetTemporalIds(v string) *H265Settings { 5836 s.TemporalIds = &v 5837 return s 5838} 5839 5840// SetTiles sets the Tiles field's value. 5841func (s *H265Settings) SetTiles(v string) *H265Settings { 5842 s.Tiles = &v 5843 return s 5844} 5845 5846// SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode sets the UnregisteredSeiTimecode field's value. 5847func (s *H265Settings) SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode(v string) *H265Settings { 5848 s.UnregisteredSeiTimecode = &v 5849 return s 5850} 5851 5852// Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for 5853// HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided 5854// by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 5855// in CIE1931 color coordinate. 5856type Hdr10Metadata struct { 5857 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5858 5859 // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color 5860 // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in 5861 // CIE1931 color coordinate. 5862 BluePrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryX" type:"integer"` 5863 5864 // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color 5865 // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in 5866 // CIE1931 color coordinate. 5867 BluePrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryY" type:"integer"` 5868 5869 // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color 5870 // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in 5871 // CIE1931 color coordinate. 5872 GreenPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryX" type:"integer"` 5873 5874 // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color 5875 // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in 5876 // CIE1931 color coordinate. 5877 GreenPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryY" type:"integer"` 5878 5879 // Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units 5880 // of candelas per square meter. 5881 MaxContentLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxContentLightLevel" type:"integer"` 5882 5883 // Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in 5884 // units of candelas per square meter. 5885 MaxFrameAverageLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxFrameAverageLightLevel" type:"integer"` 5886 5887 // Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas 5888 // per square meter. 5889 MaxLuminance *int64 `locationName:"maxLuminance" type:"integer"` 5890 5891 // Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas 5892 // per square meter 5893 MinLuminance *int64 `locationName:"minLuminance" type:"integer"` 5894 5895 // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color 5896 // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in 5897 // CIE1931 color coordinate. 5898 RedPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryX" type:"integer"` 5899 5900 // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color 5901 // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in 5902 // CIE1931 color coordinate. 5903 RedPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryY" type:"integer"` 5904 5905 // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color 5906 // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in 5907 // CIE1931 color coordinate. 5908 WhitePointX *int64 `locationName:"whitePointX" type:"integer"` 5909 5910 // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color 5911 // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in 5912 // CIE1931 color coordinate. 5913 WhitePointY *int64 `locationName:"whitePointY" type:"integer"` 5914} 5915 5916// String returns the string representation 5917func (s Hdr10Metadata) String() string { 5918 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5919} 5920 5921// GoString returns the string representation 5922func (s Hdr10Metadata) GoString() string { 5923 return s.String() 5924} 5925 5926// SetBluePrimaryX sets the BluePrimaryX field's value. 5927func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetBluePrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5928 s.BluePrimaryX = &v 5929 return s 5930} 5931 5932// SetBluePrimaryY sets the BluePrimaryY field's value. 5933func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetBluePrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5934 s.BluePrimaryY = &v 5935 return s 5936} 5937 5938// SetGreenPrimaryX sets the GreenPrimaryX field's value. 5939func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetGreenPrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5940 s.GreenPrimaryX = &v 5941 return s 5942} 5943 5944// SetGreenPrimaryY sets the GreenPrimaryY field's value. 5945func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetGreenPrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5946 s.GreenPrimaryY = &v 5947 return s 5948} 5949 5950// SetMaxContentLightLevel sets the MaxContentLightLevel field's value. 5951func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxContentLightLevel(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5952 s.MaxContentLightLevel = &v 5953 return s 5954} 5955 5956// SetMaxFrameAverageLightLevel sets the MaxFrameAverageLightLevel field's value. 5957func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxFrameAverageLightLevel(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5958 s.MaxFrameAverageLightLevel = &v 5959 return s 5960} 5961 5962// SetMaxLuminance sets the MaxLuminance field's value. 5963func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxLuminance(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5964 s.MaxLuminance = &v 5965 return s 5966} 5967 5968// SetMinLuminance sets the MinLuminance field's value. 5969func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMinLuminance(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5970 s.MinLuminance = &v 5971 return s 5972} 5973 5974// SetRedPrimaryX sets the RedPrimaryX field's value. 5975func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetRedPrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5976 s.RedPrimaryX = &v 5977 return s 5978} 5979 5980// SetRedPrimaryY sets the RedPrimaryY field's value. 5981func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetRedPrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5982 s.RedPrimaryY = &v 5983 return s 5984} 5985 5986// SetWhitePointX sets the WhitePointX field's value. 5987func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetWhitePointX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5988 s.WhitePointX = &v 5989 return s 5990} 5991 5992// SetWhitePointY sets the WhitePointY field's value. 5993func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetWhitePointY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { 5994 s.WhitePointY = &v 5995 return s 5996} 5997 5998// Caption Language Mapping 5999type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct { 6000 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6001 6002 // Caption channel. 6003 CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" type:"integer"` 6004 6005 // Code to specify the language, following the specification "ISO 639-2 three-digit 6006 // code":http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ 6007 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` 6008 6009 // Caption language description. 6010 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` 6011} 6012 6013// String returns the string representation 6014func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) String() string { 6015 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6016} 6017 6018// GoString returns the string representation 6019func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string { 6020 return s.String() 6021} 6022 6023// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value. 6024func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping { 6025 s.CaptionChannel = &v 6026 return s 6027} 6028 6029// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 6030func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping { 6031 s.LanguageCode = &v 6032 return s 6033} 6034 6035// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 6036func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping { 6037 s.LanguageDescription = &v 6038 return s 6039} 6040 6041// Settings for HLS encryption 6042type HlsEncryptionSettings struct { 6043 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6044 6045 // This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string. 6046 // If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the 6047 // segment number by default. 6048 ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" type:"string"` 6049 6050 // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. 6051 // Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption. 6052 EncryptionMethod *string `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"` 6053 6054 // The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the 6055 // key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed 6056 // in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest. 6057 InitializationVectorInManifest *string `locationName:"initializationVectorInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsInitializationVectorInManifest"` 6058 6059 // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider 6060 SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` 6061 6062 // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider. 6063 StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider `locationName:"staticKeyProvider" type:"structure"` 6064 6065 // Indicates which type of key provider is used for encryption. 6066 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"HlsKeyProviderType"` 6067} 6068 6069// String returns the string representation 6070func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) String() string { 6071 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6072} 6073 6074// GoString returns the string representation 6075func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) GoString() string { 6076 return s.String() 6077} 6078 6079// SetConstantInitializationVector sets the ConstantInitializationVector field's value. 6080func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetConstantInitializationVector(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings { 6081 s.ConstantInitializationVector = &v 6082 return s 6083} 6084 6085// SetEncryptionMethod sets the EncryptionMethod field's value. 6086func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionMethod(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings { 6087 s.EncryptionMethod = &v 6088 return s 6089} 6090 6091// SetInitializationVectorInManifest sets the InitializationVectorInManifest field's value. 6092func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetInitializationVectorInManifest(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings { 6093 s.InitializationVectorInManifest = &v 6094 return s 6095} 6096 6097// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. 6098func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *HlsEncryptionSettings { 6099 s.SpekeKeyProvider = v 6100 return s 6101} 6102 6103// SetStaticKeyProvider sets the StaticKeyProvider field's value. 6104func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetStaticKeyProvider(v *StaticKeyProvider) *HlsEncryptionSettings { 6105 s.StaticKeyProvider = v 6106 return s 6107} 6108 6109// SetType sets the Type field's value. 6110func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetType(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings { 6111 s.Type = &v 6112 return s 6113} 6114 6115// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to 6116// HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS. 6117type HlsGroupSettings struct { 6118 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6119 6120 // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this 6121 // group of Apple HLS outputs. 6122 AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"` 6123 6124 // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 6125 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than 6126 // the main .m3u8 file. 6127 BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"` 6128 6129 // Language to be used on Caption outputs 6130 CaptionLanguageMappings []*HlsCaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"` 6131 6132 // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS 6133 // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language 6134 // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. 6135 // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the 6136 // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption 6137 // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in 6138 // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include 6139 // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS 6140 // line from the manifest. 6141 CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"` 6142 6143 // When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client 6144 // from saving media segments for later replay. 6145 ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"` 6146 6147 // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist 6148 // generation. 6149 CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"` 6150 6151 // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output 6152 // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify 6153 // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input 6154 // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the 6155 // first input file. 6156 Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` 6157 6158 // Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories. 6159 DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"` 6160 6161 // DRM settings. 6162 Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` 6163 6164 // When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. 6165 ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"` 6166 6167 // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for 6168 // segment duration. 6169 ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"` 6170 6171 // When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within 6172 // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if 6173 // needed. 6174 MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"` 6175 6176 // Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS 6177 // output group. 6178 OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"` 6179 6180 // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. 6181 // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are 6182 // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using 6183 // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset. 6184 ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"` 6185 6186 // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds. 6187 ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"` 6188 6189 // When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, 6190 // uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback. 6191 SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentControl"` 6192 6193 // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that 6194 // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual 6195 // segment length may be longer. 6196 SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" type:"integer"` 6197 6198 // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. 6199 // directoryStructure must be SINGLE_DIRECTORY for this setting to have an effect. 6200 SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" type:"integer"` 6201 6202 // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag 6203 // of variant manifest. 6204 StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"` 6205 6206 // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 6207 TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"` 6208 6209 // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. 6210 TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` 6211 6212 // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps. 6213 TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"` 6214} 6215 6216// String returns the string representation 6217func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string { 6218 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6219} 6220 6221// GoString returns the string representation 6222func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string { 6223 return s.String() 6224} 6225 6226// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value. 6227func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6228 s.AdMarkers = v 6229 return s 6230} 6231 6232// SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value. 6233func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6234 s.BaseUrl = &v 6235 return s 6236} 6237 6238// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value. 6239func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings { 6240 s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v 6241 return s 6242} 6243 6244// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value. 6245func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6246 s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v 6247 return s 6248} 6249 6250// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value. 6251func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6252 s.ClientCache = &v 6253 return s 6254} 6255 6256// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value. 6257func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6258 s.CodecSpecification = &v 6259 return s 6260} 6261 6262// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 6263func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6264 s.Destination = &v 6265 return s 6266} 6267 6268// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value. 6269func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6270 s.DirectoryStructure = &v 6271 return s 6272} 6273 6274// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. 6275func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *HlsEncryptionSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { 6276 s.Encryption = v 6277 return s 6278} 6279 6280// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value. 6281func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6282 s.ManifestCompression = &v 6283 return s 6284} 6285 6286// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value. 6287func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6288 s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v 6289 return s 6290} 6291 6292// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value. 6293func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 6294 s.MinSegmentLength = &v 6295 return s 6296} 6297 6298// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value. 6299func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6300 s.OutputSelection = &v 6301 return s 6302} 6303 6304// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value. 6305func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6306 s.ProgramDateTime = &v 6307 return s 6308} 6309 6310// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value. 6311func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 6312 s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v 6313 return s 6314} 6315 6316// SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value. 6317func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6318 s.SegmentControl = &v 6319 return s 6320} 6321 6322// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value. 6323func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 6324 s.SegmentLength = &v 6325 return s 6326} 6327 6328// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value. 6329func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 6330 s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v 6331 return s 6332} 6333 6334// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value. 6335func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6336 s.StreamInfResolution = &v 6337 return s 6338} 6339 6340// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. 6341func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 6342 s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v 6343 return s 6344} 6345 6346// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. 6347func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 6348 s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v 6349 return s 6350} 6351 6352// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value. 6353func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 6354 s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v 6355 return s 6356} 6357 6358// Settings for HLS output groups 6359type HlsSettings struct { 6360 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6361 6362 // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs. 6363 AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"` 6364 6365 // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input 6366 // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. 6367 AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` 6368 6369 // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream 6370 // The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth 6371 // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate 6372 // Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try 6373 // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest 6374 // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default 6375 // Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented 6376 // as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate 6377 // Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to 6378 // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with 6379 // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO 6380 AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"HlsAudioTrackType"` 6381 6382 // When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS 6383 // manifest 6384 IFrameOnlyManifest *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIFrameOnlyManifest"` 6385 6386 // String concatenated to end of segment filenames. Accepts "Format Identifiers":#format_identifier_parameters. 6387 SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"` 6388} 6389 6390// String returns the string representation 6391func (s HlsSettings) String() string { 6392 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6393} 6394 6395// GoString returns the string representation 6396func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string { 6397 return s.String() 6398} 6399 6400// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value. 6401func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *HlsSettings { 6402 s.AudioGroupId = &v 6403 return s 6404} 6405 6406// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. 6407func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *HlsSettings { 6408 s.AudioRenditionSets = &v 6409 return s 6410} 6411 6412// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value. 6413func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *HlsSettings { 6414 s.AudioTrackType = &v 6415 return s 6416} 6417 6418// SetIFrameOnlyManifest sets the IFrameOnlyManifest field's value. 6419func (s *HlsSettings) SetIFrameOnlyManifest(v string) *HlsSettings { 6420 s.IFrameOnlyManifest = &v 6421 return s 6422} 6423 6424// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value. 6425func (s *HlsSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsSettings { 6426 s.SegmentModifier = &v 6427 return s 6428} 6429 6430// To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag (Id3) 6431// to specify the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode (TimeCode) to specify 6432// the time when the tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in 6433// your output, create mulitple instances of ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion). 6434type Id3Insertion struct { 6435 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6436 6437 // Use ID3 tag (Id3) to provide a tag value in base64-encode format. 6438 Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string"` 6439 6440 // Provide a Timecode (TimeCode) in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format. 6441 Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` 6442} 6443 6444// String returns the string representation 6445func (s Id3Insertion) String() string { 6446 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6447} 6448 6449// GoString returns the string representation 6450func (s Id3Insertion) GoString() string { 6451 return s.String() 6452} 6453 6454// SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value. 6455func (s *Id3Insertion) SetId3(v string) *Id3Insertion { 6456 s.Id3 = &v 6457 return s 6458} 6459 6460// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value. 6461func (s *Id3Insertion) SetTimecode(v string) *Id3Insertion { 6462 s.Timecode = &v 6463 return s 6464} 6465 6466// Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay 6467// on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. 6468// This setting is disabled by default. 6469type ImageInserter struct { 6470 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6471 6472 // Image to insert. Must be 32 bit windows BMP, PNG, or TGA file. Must not be 6473 // larger than the output frames. 6474 InsertableImages []*InsertableImage `locationName:"insertableImages" type:"list"` 6475} 6476 6477// String returns the string representation 6478func (s ImageInserter) String() string { 6479 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6480} 6481 6482// GoString returns the string representation 6483func (s ImageInserter) GoString() string { 6484 return s.String() 6485} 6486 6487// SetInsertableImages sets the InsertableImages field's value. 6488func (s *ImageInserter) SetInsertableImages(v []*InsertableImage) *ImageInserter { 6489 s.InsertableImages = v 6490 return s 6491} 6492 6493// Specifies media input 6494type Input struct { 6495 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6496 6497 // Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may 6498 // have multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group 6499 // for more information. 6500 AudioSelectorGroups map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"` 6501 6502 // Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks 6503 // from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple Audio 6504 // selectors per input. 6505 AudioSelectors map[string]*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"` 6506 6507 // Use Captions selectors (CaptionSelectors) to specify the captions data from 6508 // the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple captions 6509 // selectors per input. 6510 CaptionSelectors map[string]*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"` 6511 6512 // Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. 6513 // Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed 6514 // video inputs. 6515 DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"` 6516 6517 // Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default 6518 // is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video 6519 // inputs. 6520 DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"` 6521 6522 // Use Input (fileInput) to define the source file used in the transcode job. 6523 // There can be multiple inputs in a job. These inputs are concantenated, in 6524 // the order they are specified in the job, to create the output. 6525 FileInput *string `locationName:"fileInput" type:"string"` 6526 6527 // Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service 6528 // applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters 6529 // separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). 6530 // * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending 6531 // on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is 6532 // true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). 6533 // * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. 6534 FilterEnable *string `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"InputFilterEnable"` 6535 6536 // Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter 6537 // settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0. 6538 FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"` 6539 6540 // (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify 6541 // a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start 6542 // time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you 6543 // provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When 6544 // you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the 6545 // job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them. 6546 InputClippings []*InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"` 6547 6548 // Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program 6549 // transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is 6550 // the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify 6551 // doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default. 6552 ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` 6553 6554 // Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify 6555 // which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio 6556 // and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. 6557 PsiControl *string `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"InputPsiControl"` 6558 6559 // Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information 6560 // from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default 6561 // is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the 6562 // input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode 6563 // for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set 6564 // the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start 6565 // (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start). 6566 TimecodeSource *string `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"` 6567 6568 // Selector for video. 6569 VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` 6570} 6571 6572// String returns the string representation 6573func (s Input) String() string { 6574 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6575} 6576 6577// GoString returns the string representation 6578func (s Input) GoString() string { 6579 return s.String() 6580} 6581 6582// SetAudioSelectorGroups sets the AudioSelectorGroups field's value. 6583func (s *Input) SetAudioSelectorGroups(v map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup) *Input { 6584 s.AudioSelectorGroups = v 6585 return s 6586} 6587 6588// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value. 6589func (s *Input) SetAudioSelectors(v map[string]*AudioSelector) *Input { 6590 s.AudioSelectors = v 6591 return s 6592} 6593 6594// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value. 6595func (s *Input) SetCaptionSelectors(v map[string]*CaptionSelector) *Input { 6596 s.CaptionSelectors = v 6597 return s 6598} 6599 6600// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value. 6601func (s *Input) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *Input { 6602 s.DeblockFilter = &v 6603 return s 6604} 6605 6606// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value. 6607func (s *Input) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *Input { 6608 s.DenoiseFilter = &v 6609 return s 6610} 6611 6612// SetFileInput sets the FileInput field's value. 6613func (s *Input) SetFileInput(v string) *Input { 6614 s.FileInput = &v 6615 return s 6616} 6617 6618// SetFilterEnable sets the FilterEnable field's value. 6619func (s *Input) SetFilterEnable(v string) *Input { 6620 s.FilterEnable = &v 6621 return s 6622} 6623 6624// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value. 6625func (s *Input) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *Input { 6626 s.FilterStrength = &v 6627 return s 6628} 6629 6630// SetInputClippings sets the InputClippings field's value. 6631func (s *Input) SetInputClippings(v []*InputClipping) *Input { 6632 s.InputClippings = v 6633 return s 6634} 6635 6636// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. 6637func (s *Input) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *Input { 6638 s.ProgramNumber = &v 6639 return s 6640} 6641 6642// SetPsiControl sets the PsiControl field's value. 6643func (s *Input) SetPsiControl(v string) *Input { 6644 s.PsiControl = &v 6645 return s 6646} 6647 6648// SetTimecodeSource sets the TimecodeSource field's value. 6649func (s *Input) SetTimecodeSource(v string) *Input { 6650 s.TimecodeSource = &v 6651 return s 6652} 6653 6654// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value. 6655func (s *Input) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *Input { 6656 s.VideoSelector = v 6657 return s 6658} 6659 6660// Include one instance of (InputClipping) for each input clip. 6661type InputClipping struct { 6662 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6663 6664 // Set End timecode (EndTimecode) to the end of the portion of the input you 6665 // are clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included 6666 // in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. 6667 // When choosing this value, take into account your setting for Input timecode 6668 // source. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 6669 // and you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, use 01:00:05:00. 6670 EndTimecode *string `locationName:"endTimecode" type:"string"` 6671 6672 // Set Start timecode (StartTimecode) to the beginning of the portion of the 6673 // input you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value 6674 // is included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, 6675 // but not both. When choosing this value, take into account your setting for 6676 // Input timecode source. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start 6677 // at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, 6678 // use 01:00:05:00. 6679 StartTimecode *string `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"string"` 6680} 6681 6682// String returns the string representation 6683func (s InputClipping) String() string { 6684 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6685} 6686 6687// GoString returns the string representation 6688func (s InputClipping) GoString() string { 6689 return s.String() 6690} 6691 6692// SetEndTimecode sets the EndTimecode field's value. 6693func (s *InputClipping) SetEndTimecode(v string) *InputClipping { 6694 s.EndTimecode = &v 6695 return s 6696} 6697 6698// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value. 6699func (s *InputClipping) SetStartTimecode(v string) *InputClipping { 6700 s.StartTimecode = &v 6701 return s 6702} 6703 6704// Specified video input in a template. 6705type InputTemplate struct { 6706 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6707 6708 // Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may 6709 // have multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group 6710 // for more information. 6711 AudioSelectorGroups map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"` 6712 6713 // Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks 6714 // from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple Audio 6715 // selectors per input. 6716 AudioSelectors map[string]*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"` 6717 6718 // Use Captions selectors (CaptionSelectors) to specify the captions data from 6719 // the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple captions 6720 // selectors per input. 6721 CaptionSelectors map[string]*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"` 6722 6723 // Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. 6724 // Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed 6725 // video inputs. 6726 DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"` 6727 6728 // Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default 6729 // is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video 6730 // inputs. 6731 DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"` 6732 6733 // Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service 6734 // applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters 6735 // separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). 6736 // * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending 6737 // on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is 6738 // true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). 6739 // * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. 6740 FilterEnable *string `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"InputFilterEnable"` 6741 6742 // Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter 6743 // settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0. 6744 FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"` 6745 6746 // (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify 6747 // a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start 6748 // time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you 6749 // provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When 6750 // you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the 6751 // job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them. 6752 InputClippings []*InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"` 6753 6754 // Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program 6755 // transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is 6756 // the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify 6757 // doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default. 6758 ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` 6759 6760 // Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify 6761 // which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio 6762 // and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. 6763 PsiControl *string `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"InputPsiControl"` 6764 6765 // Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information 6766 // from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default 6767 // is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the 6768 // input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode 6769 // for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set 6770 // the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start 6771 // (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start). 6772 TimecodeSource *string `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"` 6773 6774 // Selector for video. 6775 VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` 6776} 6777 6778// String returns the string representation 6779func (s InputTemplate) String() string { 6780 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6781} 6782 6783// GoString returns the string representation 6784func (s InputTemplate) GoString() string { 6785 return s.String() 6786} 6787 6788// SetAudioSelectorGroups sets the AudioSelectorGroups field's value. 6789func (s *InputTemplate) SetAudioSelectorGroups(v map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup) *InputTemplate { 6790 s.AudioSelectorGroups = v 6791 return s 6792} 6793 6794// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value. 6795func (s *InputTemplate) SetAudioSelectors(v map[string]*AudioSelector) *InputTemplate { 6796 s.AudioSelectors = v 6797 return s 6798} 6799 6800// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value. 6801func (s *InputTemplate) SetCaptionSelectors(v map[string]*CaptionSelector) *InputTemplate { 6802 s.CaptionSelectors = v 6803 return s 6804} 6805 6806// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value. 6807func (s *InputTemplate) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputTemplate { 6808 s.DeblockFilter = &v 6809 return s 6810} 6811 6812// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value. 6813func (s *InputTemplate) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputTemplate { 6814 s.DenoiseFilter = &v 6815 return s 6816} 6817 6818// SetFilterEnable sets the FilterEnable field's value. 6819func (s *InputTemplate) SetFilterEnable(v string) *InputTemplate { 6820 s.FilterEnable = &v 6821 return s 6822} 6823 6824// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value. 6825func (s *InputTemplate) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputTemplate { 6826 s.FilterStrength = &v 6827 return s 6828} 6829 6830// SetInputClippings sets the InputClippings field's value. 6831func (s *InputTemplate) SetInputClippings(v []*InputClipping) *InputTemplate { 6832 s.InputClippings = v 6833 return s 6834} 6835 6836// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. 6837func (s *InputTemplate) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *InputTemplate { 6838 s.ProgramNumber = &v 6839 return s 6840} 6841 6842// SetPsiControl sets the PsiControl field's value. 6843func (s *InputTemplate) SetPsiControl(v string) *InputTemplate { 6844 s.PsiControl = &v 6845 return s 6846} 6847 6848// SetTimecodeSource sets the TimecodeSource field's value. 6849func (s *InputTemplate) SetTimecodeSource(v string) *InputTemplate { 6850 s.TimecodeSource = &v 6851 return s 6852} 6853 6854// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value. 6855func (s *InputTemplate) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputTemplate { 6856 s.VideoSelector = v 6857 return s 6858} 6859 6860// Settings for Insertable Image 6861type InsertableImage struct { 6862 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6863 6864 // Use Duration (Duration) to set the time, in milliseconds, for the image to 6865 // remain on the output video. 6866 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 6867 6868 // Use Fade in (FadeIut) to set the length, in milliseconds, of the inserted 6869 // image fade in. If you don't specify a value for Fade in, the image will appear 6870 // abruptly at the Start time. 6871 FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"` 6872 6873 // Use Fade out (FadeOut) to set the length, in milliseconds, of the inserted 6874 // image fade out. If you don't specify a value for Fade out, the image will 6875 // disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration. 6876 FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` 6877 6878 // Specify the Height (Height) of the inserted image. Use a value that is less 6879 // than or equal to the video resolution height. Leave this setting blank to 6880 // use the native height of the image. 6881 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 6882 6883 // Use Image location (imageInserterInput) to specify the Amazon S3 location 6884 // of the image to be inserted into the output. Use a 32 bit BMP, PNG, or TGA 6885 // file that fits inside the video frame. 6886 ImageInserterInput *string `locationName:"imageInserterInput" type:"string"` 6887 6888 // Use Left (ImageX) to set the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image 6889 // and the left edge of the frame. Required for BMP, PNG and TGA input. 6890 ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"` 6891 6892 // Use Top (ImageY) to set the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image 6893 // and the top edge of the video frame. Required for BMP, PNG and TGA input. 6894 ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"` 6895 6896 // Use Layer (Layer) to specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images 6897 // with higher values of layer appear on top of images with lower values of 6898 // layer. 6899 Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` 6900 6901 // Use Opacity (Opacity) to specify how much of the underlying video shows through 6902 // the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 6903 // 50. 6904 Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"` 6905 6906 // Use Start time (StartTime) to specify the video timecode when the image is 6907 // inserted in the output. This must be in timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF) 6908 StartTime *string `locationName:"startTime" type:"string"` 6909 6910 // Specify the Width (Width) of the inserted image. Use a value that is less 6911 // than or equal to the video resolution width. Leave this setting blank to 6912 // use the native width of the image. 6913 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 6914} 6915 6916// String returns the string representation 6917func (s InsertableImage) String() string { 6918 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6919} 6920 6921// GoString returns the string representation 6922func (s InsertableImage) GoString() string { 6923 return s.String() 6924} 6925 6926// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 6927func (s *InsertableImage) SetDuration(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6928 s.Duration = &v 6929 return s 6930} 6931 6932// SetFadeIn sets the FadeIn field's value. 6933func (s *InsertableImage) SetFadeIn(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6934 s.FadeIn = &v 6935 return s 6936} 6937 6938// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value. 6939func (s *InsertableImage) SetFadeOut(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6940 s.FadeOut = &v 6941 return s 6942} 6943 6944// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 6945func (s *InsertableImage) SetHeight(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6946 s.Height = &v 6947 return s 6948} 6949 6950// SetImageInserterInput sets the ImageInserterInput field's value. 6951func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageInserterInput(v string) *InsertableImage { 6952 s.ImageInserterInput = &v 6953 return s 6954} 6955 6956// SetImageX sets the ImageX field's value. 6957func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageX(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6958 s.ImageX = &v 6959 return s 6960} 6961 6962// SetImageY sets the ImageY field's value. 6963func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageY(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6964 s.ImageY = &v 6965 return s 6966} 6967 6968// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value. 6969func (s *InsertableImage) SetLayer(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6970 s.Layer = &v 6971 return s 6972} 6973 6974// SetOpacity sets the Opacity field's value. 6975func (s *InsertableImage) SetOpacity(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6976 s.Opacity = &v 6977 return s 6978} 6979 6980// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 6981func (s *InsertableImage) SetStartTime(v string) *InsertableImage { 6982 s.StartTime = &v 6983 return s 6984} 6985 6986// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 6987func (s *InsertableImage) SetWidth(v int64) *InsertableImage { 6988 s.Width = &v 6989 return s 6990} 6991 6992// Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, 6993// see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 6994type Job struct { 6995 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6996 6997 // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. 6998 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 6999 7000 // The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created. 7001 CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 7002 7003 // Error code for the job 7004 ErrorCode *int64 `locationName:"errorCode" type:"integer"` 7005 7006 // Error message of Job 7007 ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"` 7008 7009 // A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert 7010 // resources 7011 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 7012 7013 // The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job 7014 // template. 7015 JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"` 7016 7017 // List of output group details 7018 OutputGroupDetails []*OutputGroupDetail `locationName:"outputGroupDetails" type:"list"` 7019 7020 // Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If 7021 // you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, 7022 // see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 7023 Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` 7024 7025 // The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, 7026 // see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html 7027 Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string"` 7028 7029 // JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. 7030 Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` 7031 7032 // A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. 7033 Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"JobStatus"` 7034 7035 // Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified 7036 // in Unix epoch format in seconds. 7037 Timing *Timing `locationName:"timing" type:"structure"` 7038 7039 // User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. 7040 // You specify metadata in key/value pairs. 7041 UserMetadata map[string]*string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"` 7042} 7043 7044// String returns the string representation 7045func (s Job) String() string { 7046 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7047} 7048 7049// GoString returns the string representation 7050func (s Job) GoString() string { 7051 return s.String() 7052} 7053 7054// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 7055func (s *Job) SetArn(v string) *Job { 7056 s.Arn = &v 7057 return s 7058} 7059 7060// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. 7061func (s *Job) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Job { 7062 s.CreatedAt = &v 7063 return s 7064} 7065 7066// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value. 7067func (s *Job) SetErrorCode(v int64) *Job { 7068 s.ErrorCode = &v 7069 return s 7070} 7071 7072// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. 7073func (s *Job) SetErrorMessage(v string) *Job { 7074 s.ErrorMessage = &v 7075 return s 7076} 7077 7078// SetId sets the Id field's value. 7079func (s *Job) SetId(v string) *Job { 7080 s.Id = &v 7081 return s 7082} 7083 7084// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. 7085func (s *Job) SetJobTemplate(v string) *Job { 7086 s.JobTemplate = &v 7087 return s 7088} 7089 7090// SetOutputGroupDetails sets the OutputGroupDetails field's value. 7091func (s *Job) SetOutputGroupDetails(v []*OutputGroupDetail) *Job { 7092 s.OutputGroupDetails = v 7093 return s 7094} 7095 7096// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 7097func (s *Job) SetQueue(v string) *Job { 7098 s.Queue = &v 7099 return s 7100} 7101 7102// SetRole sets the Role field's value. 7103func (s *Job) SetRole(v string) *Job { 7104 s.Role = &v 7105 return s 7106} 7107 7108// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 7109func (s *Job) SetSettings(v *JobSettings) *Job { 7110 s.Settings = v 7111 return s 7112} 7113 7114// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 7115func (s *Job) SetStatus(v string) *Job { 7116 s.Status = &v 7117 return s 7118} 7119 7120// SetTiming sets the Timing field's value. 7121func (s *Job) SetTiming(v *Timing) *Job { 7122 s.Timing = v 7123 return s 7124} 7125 7126// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value. 7127func (s *Job) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *Job { 7128 s.UserMetadata = v 7129 return s 7130} 7131 7132// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. 7133type JobSettings struct { 7134 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7135 7136 // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail 7137 // PTS time. 7138 AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` 7139 7140 // Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an 7141 // image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. 7142 AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` 7143 7144 // Use Inputs (inputs) to define source file used in the transcode job. There 7145 // can be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together 7146 // to create the output. 7147 Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 7148 7149 // Settings for Nielsen Configuration 7150 NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` 7151 7152 // **!!**(OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs 7153 // that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, 7154 // Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as 7155 // well. Required in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the 7156 // whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for (Type) 7157 // under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are 7158 // as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, 7159 // HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, 7160 // MsSmoothGroupSettings 7161 OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"` 7162 7163 // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. 7164 TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"` 7165 7166 // Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags 7167 // in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it 7168 // in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion 7169 // (Id3Insertion) objects. 7170 TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"` 7171} 7172 7173// String returns the string representation 7174func (s JobSettings) String() string { 7175 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7176} 7177 7178// GoString returns the string representation 7179func (s JobSettings) GoString() string { 7180 return s.String() 7181} 7182 7183// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. 7184func (s *JobSettings) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *JobSettings { 7185 s.AdAvailOffset = &v 7186 return s 7187} 7188 7189// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value. 7190func (s *JobSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *JobSettings { 7191 s.AvailBlanking = v 7192 return s 7193} 7194 7195// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 7196func (s *JobSettings) SetInputs(v []*Input) *JobSettings { 7197 s.Inputs = v 7198 return s 7199} 7200 7201// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value. 7202func (s *JobSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *JobSettings { 7203 s.NielsenConfiguration = v 7204 return s 7205} 7206 7207// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value. 7208func (s *JobSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *JobSettings { 7209 s.OutputGroups = v 7210 return s 7211} 7212 7213// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value. 7214func (s *JobSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *JobSettings { 7215 s.TimecodeConfig = v 7216 return s 7217} 7218 7219// SetTimedMetadataInsertion sets the TimedMetadataInsertion field's value. 7220func (s *JobSettings) SetTimedMetadataInsertion(v *TimedMetadataInsertion) *JobSettings { 7221 s.TimedMetadataInsertion = v 7222 return s 7223} 7224 7225// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use 7226// to quickly create a job. 7227type JobTemplate struct { 7228 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7229 7230 // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. 7231 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 7232 7233 // An optional category you create to organize your job templates. 7234 Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` 7235 7236 // The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation. 7237 CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 7238 7239 // An optional description you create for each job template. 7240 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 7241 7242 // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated. 7243 LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 7244 7245 // A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within 7246 // your account. 7247 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 7248 7249 // Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. 7250 // If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue. 7251 Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` 7252 7253 // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template 7254 // that will be applied to jobs created from it. 7255 Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` 7256 7257 // A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in 7258 // job templates can't be modified or deleted by the user. 7259 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"` 7260} 7261 7262// String returns the string representation 7263func (s JobTemplate) String() string { 7264 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7265} 7266 7267// GoString returns the string representation 7268func (s JobTemplate) GoString() string { 7269 return s.String() 7270} 7271 7272// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 7273func (s *JobTemplate) SetArn(v string) *JobTemplate { 7274 s.Arn = &v 7275 return s 7276} 7277 7278// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. 7279func (s *JobTemplate) SetCategory(v string) *JobTemplate { 7280 s.Category = &v 7281 return s 7282} 7283 7284// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. 7285func (s *JobTemplate) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *JobTemplate { 7286 s.CreatedAt = &v 7287 return s 7288} 7289 7290// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 7291func (s *JobTemplate) SetDescription(v string) *JobTemplate { 7292 s.Description = &v 7293 return s 7294} 7295 7296// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. 7297func (s *JobTemplate) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *JobTemplate { 7298 s.LastUpdated = &v 7299 return s 7300} 7301 7302// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7303func (s *JobTemplate) SetName(v string) *JobTemplate { 7304 s.Name = &v 7305 return s 7306} 7307 7308// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 7309func (s *JobTemplate) SetQueue(v string) *JobTemplate { 7310 s.Queue = &v 7311 return s 7312} 7313 7314// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 7315func (s *JobTemplate) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *JobTemplate { 7316 s.Settings = v 7317 return s 7318} 7319 7320// SetType sets the Type field's value. 7321func (s *JobTemplate) SetType(v string) *JobTemplate { 7322 s.Type = &v 7323 return s 7324} 7325 7326// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template 7327// that will be applied to jobs created from it. 7328type JobTemplateSettings struct { 7329 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7330 7331 // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail 7332 // PTS time. 7333 AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` 7334 7335 // Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an 7336 // image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. 7337 AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` 7338 7339 // Use Inputs (inputs) to define the source file used in the transcode job. 7340 // There can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include 7341 // multiple inputs when referencing a job template. 7342 Inputs []*InputTemplate `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 7343 7344 // Settings for Nielsen Configuration 7345 NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` 7346 7347 // **!!**(OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs 7348 // that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, 7349 // Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as 7350 // well. Required in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the 7351 // whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for (Type) 7352 // under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are 7353 // as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, 7354 // HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, 7355 // MsSmoothGroupSettings 7356 OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"` 7357 7358 // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. 7359 TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"` 7360 7361 // Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags 7362 // in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it 7363 // in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion 7364 // (Id3Insertion) objects. 7365 TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"` 7366} 7367 7368// String returns the string representation 7369func (s JobTemplateSettings) String() string { 7370 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7371} 7372 7373// GoString returns the string representation 7374func (s JobTemplateSettings) GoString() string { 7375 return s.String() 7376} 7377 7378// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. 7379func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *JobTemplateSettings { 7380 s.AdAvailOffset = &v 7381 return s 7382} 7383 7384// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value. 7385func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *JobTemplateSettings { 7386 s.AvailBlanking = v 7387 return s 7388} 7389 7390// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 7391func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetInputs(v []*InputTemplate) *JobTemplateSettings { 7392 s.Inputs = v 7393 return s 7394} 7395 7396// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value. 7397func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *JobTemplateSettings { 7398 s.NielsenConfiguration = v 7399 return s 7400} 7401 7402// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value. 7403func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *JobTemplateSettings { 7404 s.OutputGroups = v 7405 return s 7406} 7407 7408// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value. 7409func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *JobTemplateSettings { 7410 s.TimecodeConfig = v 7411 return s 7412} 7413 7414// SetTimedMetadataInsertion sets the TimedMetadataInsertion field's value. 7415func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetTimedMetadataInsertion(v *TimedMetadataInsertion) *JobTemplateSettings { 7416 s.TimedMetadataInsertion = v 7417 return s 7418} 7419 7420// You can send list job templates requests with an empty body. Optionally, 7421// you can filter the response by category by specifying it in your request 7422// body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of 7423// job templates to be returned. 7424type ListJobTemplatesInput struct { 7425 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7426 7427 // Optionally, specify a job template category to limit responses to only job 7428 // templates from that category. 7429 Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"` 7430 7431 // Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list 7432 // them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't 7433 // specify, the service will list them by name. 7434 ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"JobTemplateListBy"` 7435 7436 // Optional. Number of job templates, up to twenty, that will be returned at 7437 // one time. 7438 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` 7439 7440 // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request 7441 // the next batch of job templates. 7442 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 7443 7444 // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they 7445 // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. 7446 Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"` 7447} 7448 7449// String returns the string representation 7450func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) String() string { 7451 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7452} 7453 7454// GoString returns the string representation 7455func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) GoString() string { 7456 return s.String() 7457} 7458 7459// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. 7460func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetCategory(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput { 7461 s.Category = &v 7462 return s 7463} 7464 7465// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value. 7466func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput { 7467 s.ListBy = &v 7468 return s 7469} 7470 7471// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 7472func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListJobTemplatesInput { 7473 s.MaxResults = &v 7474 return s 7475} 7476 7477// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7478func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput { 7479 s.NextToken = &v 7480 return s 7481} 7482 7483// SetOrder sets the Order field's value. 7484func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput { 7485 s.Order = &v 7486 return s 7487} 7488 7489// Successful list job templates requests return a JSON array of job templates. 7490// If you do not specify how they are ordered, you will receive them in alphabetical 7491// order by name. 7492type ListJobTemplatesOutput struct { 7493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7494 7495 // List of Job templates. 7496 JobTemplates []*JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplates" type:"list"` 7497 7498 // Use this string to request the next batch of job templates. 7499 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 7500} 7501 7502// String returns the string representation 7503func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) String() string { 7504 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7505} 7506 7507// GoString returns the string representation 7508func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) GoString() string { 7509 return s.String() 7510} 7511 7512// SetJobTemplates sets the JobTemplates field's value. 7513func (s *ListJobTemplatesOutput) SetJobTemplates(v []*JobTemplate) *ListJobTemplatesOutput { 7514 s.JobTemplates = v 7515 return s 7516} 7517 7518// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7519func (s *ListJobTemplatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobTemplatesOutput { 7520 s.NextToken = &v 7521 return s 7522} 7523 7524// You can send list jobs requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter 7525// the response by queue and/or job status by specifying them in your request 7526// body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of 7527// jobs to be returned. 7528type ListJobsInput struct { 7529 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7530 7531 // Optional. Number of jobs, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time. 7532 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` 7533 7534 // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request 7535 // the next batch of jobs. 7536 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 7537 7538 // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they 7539 // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. 7540 Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"` 7541 7542 // Provide a queue name to get back only jobs from that queue. 7543 Queue *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"queue" type:"string"` 7544 7545 // A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. 7546 Status *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"JobStatus"` 7547} 7548 7549// String returns the string representation 7550func (s ListJobsInput) String() string { 7551 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7552} 7553 7554// GoString returns the string representation 7555func (s ListJobsInput) GoString() string { 7556 return s.String() 7557} 7558 7559// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 7560func (s *ListJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListJobsInput { 7561 s.MaxResults = &v 7562 return s 7563} 7564 7565// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7566func (s *ListJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsInput { 7567 s.NextToken = &v 7568 return s 7569} 7570 7571// SetOrder sets the Order field's value. 7572func (s *ListJobsInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListJobsInput { 7573 s.Order = &v 7574 return s 7575} 7576 7577// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 7578func (s *ListJobsInput) SetQueue(v string) *ListJobsInput { 7579 s.Queue = &v 7580 return s 7581} 7582 7583// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 7584func (s *ListJobsInput) SetStatus(v string) *ListJobsInput { 7585 s.Status = &v 7586 return s 7587} 7588 7589// Successful list jobs requests return a JSON array of jobs. If you do not 7590// specify how they are ordered, you will receive the most recently created 7591// first. 7592type ListJobsOutput struct { 7593 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7594 7595 // List of jobs 7596 Jobs []*Job `locationName:"jobs" type:"list"` 7597 7598 // Use this string to request the next batch of jobs. 7599 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 7600} 7601 7602// String returns the string representation 7603func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string { 7604 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7605} 7606 7607// GoString returns the string representation 7608func (s ListJobsOutput) GoString() string { 7609 return s.String() 7610} 7611 7612// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value. 7613func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *ListJobsOutput { 7614 s.Jobs = v 7615 return s 7616} 7617 7618// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7619func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsOutput { 7620 s.NextToken = &v 7621 return s 7622} 7623 7624// You can send list presets requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can 7625// filter the response by category by specifying it in your request body. You 7626// can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to 7627// be returned. 7628type ListPresetsInput struct { 7629 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7630 7631 // Optionally, specify a preset category to limit responses to only presets 7632 // from that category. 7633 Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"` 7634 7635 // Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them 7636 // alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't 7637 // specify, the service will list them by name. 7638 ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"PresetListBy"` 7639 7640 // Optional. Number of presets, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time 7641 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` 7642 7643 // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request 7644 // the next batch of presets. 7645 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 7646 7647 // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they 7648 // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. 7649 Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"` 7650} 7651 7652// String returns the string representation 7653func (s ListPresetsInput) String() string { 7654 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7655} 7656 7657// GoString returns the string representation 7658func (s ListPresetsInput) GoString() string { 7659 return s.String() 7660} 7661 7662// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. 7663func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetCategory(v string) *ListPresetsInput { 7664 s.Category = &v 7665 return s 7666} 7667 7668// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value. 7669func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListPresetsInput { 7670 s.ListBy = &v 7671 return s 7672} 7673 7674// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 7675func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListPresetsInput { 7676 s.MaxResults = &v 7677 return s 7678} 7679 7680// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7681func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPresetsInput { 7682 s.NextToken = &v 7683 return s 7684} 7685 7686// SetOrder sets the Order field's value. 7687func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListPresetsInput { 7688 s.Order = &v 7689 return s 7690} 7691 7692// Successful list presets requests return a JSON array of presets. If you do 7693// not specify how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by 7694// name. 7695type ListPresetsOutput struct { 7696 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7697 7698 // Use this string to request the next batch of presets. 7699 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 7700 7701 // List of presets 7702 Presets []*Preset `locationName:"presets" type:"list"` 7703} 7704 7705// String returns the string representation 7706func (s ListPresetsOutput) String() string { 7707 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7708} 7709 7710// GoString returns the string representation 7711func (s ListPresetsOutput) GoString() string { 7712 return s.String() 7713} 7714 7715// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7716func (s *ListPresetsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPresetsOutput { 7717 s.NextToken = &v 7718 return s 7719} 7720 7721// SetPresets sets the Presets field's value. 7722func (s *ListPresetsOutput) SetPresets(v []*Preset) *ListPresetsOutput { 7723 s.Presets = v 7724 return s 7725} 7726 7727// You can send list queues requests with an empty body. You can optionally 7728// specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to be returned. 7729type ListQueuesInput struct { 7730 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7731 7732 // Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them 7733 // alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't 7734 // specify, the service will list them by creation date. 7735 ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"QueueListBy"` 7736 7737 // Optional. Number of queues, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time. 7738 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` 7739 7740 // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request 7741 // the next batch of queues. 7742 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 7743 7744 // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they 7745 // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. 7746 Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"` 7747} 7748 7749// String returns the string representation 7750func (s ListQueuesInput) String() string { 7751 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7752} 7753 7754// GoString returns the string representation 7755func (s ListQueuesInput) GoString() string { 7756 return s.String() 7757} 7758 7759// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value. 7760func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListQueuesInput { 7761 s.ListBy = &v 7762 return s 7763} 7764 7765// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 7766func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListQueuesInput { 7767 s.MaxResults = &v 7768 return s 7769} 7770 7771// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7772func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQueuesInput { 7773 s.NextToken = &v 7774 return s 7775} 7776 7777// SetOrder sets the Order field's value. 7778func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListQueuesInput { 7779 s.Order = &v 7780 return s 7781} 7782 7783// Successful list queues return a JSON array of queues. If you do not specify 7784// how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by name. 7785type ListQueuesOutput struct { 7786 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7787 7788 // Use this string to request the next batch of queues. 7789 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 7790 7791 // List of queues 7792 Queues []*Queue `locationName:"queues" type:"list"` 7793} 7794 7795// String returns the string representation 7796func (s ListQueuesOutput) String() string { 7797 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7798} 7799 7800// GoString returns the string representation 7801func (s ListQueuesOutput) GoString() string { 7802 return s.String() 7803} 7804 7805// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7806func (s *ListQueuesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQueuesOutput { 7807 s.NextToken = &v 7808 return s 7809} 7810 7811// SetQueues sets the Queues field's value. 7812func (s *ListQueuesOutput) SetQueues(v []*Queue) *ListQueuesOutput { 7813 s.Queues = v 7814 return s 7815} 7816 7817// Settings for M2TS Container. 7818type M2tsSettings struct { 7819 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7820 7821 // Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio. 7822 AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"` 7823 7824 // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. 7825 AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` 7826 7827 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport 7828 // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or 7829 // by comma separation. 7830 AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` 7831 7832 // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to 7833 // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other common 7834 // values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000. 7835 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 7836 7837 // Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX, 7838 // use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency, 7839 // but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. 7840 BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"` 7841 7842 // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition 7843 // interval. 7844 DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"` 7845 7846 // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition 7847 // interval. 7848 DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"` 7849 7850 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output. 7851 // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma 7852 // separation. 7853 DvbSubPids []*int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"` 7854 7855 // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. 7856 DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"` 7857 7858 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. 7859 DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"integer"` 7860 7861 // When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to 7862 // partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be 7863 // fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When 7864 // set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only 7865 // applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers 7866 // is EBP or EBP_LEGACY). 7867 EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpAudioInterval"` 7868 7869 // Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only 7870 // on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable 7871 // when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP 7872 // or EBP_LEGACY). 7873 EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"` 7874 7875 // Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header. 7876 EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"` 7877 7878 // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers. 7879 FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"` 7880 7881 // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted 7882 // into the transport stream. 7883 MaxPcrInterval *int64 `locationName:"maxPcrInterval" type:"integer"` 7884 7885 // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified 7886 // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP 7887 // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is 7888 // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead 7889 // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured 7890 // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate. 7891 MinEbpInterval *int64 `locationName:"minEbpInterval" type:"integer"` 7892 7893 // If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in 7894 // the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. 7895 NielsenId3 *string `locationName:"nielsenId3" type:"string" enum:"M2tsNielsenId3"` 7896 7897 // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport 7898 // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic 7899 // null packets. 7900 NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"` 7901 7902 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 7903 // transport stream. 7904 PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` 7905 7906 // When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 7907 // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only 7908 // when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 7909 PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"` 7910 7911 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport 7912 // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as 7913 // the Video PID. 7914 PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` 7915 7916 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 7917 // transport stream. 7918 PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` 7919 7920 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport 7921 // stream. 7922 PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` 7923 7924 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream. 7925 PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 7926 7927 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. 7928 ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` 7929 7930 // When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified 7931 // bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, 7932 // but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate. 7933 RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"` 7934 7935 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. 7936 Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` 7937 7938 // Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from 7939 // input to output. 7940 Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Source"` 7941 7942 // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart 7943 // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets 7944 // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart 7945 // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary 7946 // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification 7947 // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information 7948 // to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. 7949 SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"` 7950 7951 // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted 7952 // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may 7953 // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. 7954 // When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is 7955 // truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means 7956 // the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. 7957 // When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment 7958 // is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. 7959 // This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, 7960 // all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. 7961 // Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule. 7962 SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"` 7963 7964 // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to 7965 // _none_. 7966 SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"` 7967 7968 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. 7969 TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 7970 7971 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. 7972 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` 7973 7974 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. 7975 VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` 7976} 7977 7978// String returns the string representation 7979func (s M2tsSettings) String() string { 7980 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7981} 7982 7983// GoString returns the string representation 7984func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string { 7985 return s.String() 7986} 7987 7988// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value. 7989func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { 7990 s.AudioBufferModel = &v 7991 return s 7992} 7993 7994// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. 7995func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 7996 s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v 7997 return s 7998} 7999 8000// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 8001func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *M2tsSettings { 8002 s.AudioPids = v 8003 return s 8004} 8005 8006// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 8007func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8008 s.Bitrate = &v 8009 return s 8010} 8011 8012// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value. 8013func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8014 s.BufferModel = &v 8015 return s 8016} 8017 8018// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value. 8019func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings { 8020 s.DvbNitSettings = v 8021 return s 8022} 8023 8024// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value. 8025func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { 8026 s.DvbSdtSettings = v 8027 return s 8028} 8029 8030// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. 8031func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v []*int64) *M2tsSettings { 8032 s.DvbSubPids = v 8033 return s 8034} 8035 8036// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value. 8037func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { 8038 s.DvbTdtSettings = v 8039 return s 8040} 8041 8042// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. 8043func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8044 s.DvbTeletextPid = &v 8045 return s 8046} 8047 8048// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value. 8049func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8050 s.EbpAudioInterval = &v 8051 return s 8052} 8053 8054// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value. 8055func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8056 s.EbpPlacement = &v 8057 return s 8058} 8059 8060// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value. 8061func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8062 s.EsRateInPes = &v 8063 return s 8064} 8065 8066// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value. 8067func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 8068 s.FragmentTime = &v 8069 return s 8070} 8071 8072// SetMaxPcrInterval sets the MaxPcrInterval field's value. 8073func (s *M2tsSettings) SetMaxPcrInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8074 s.MaxPcrInterval = &v 8075 return s 8076} 8077 8078// SetMinEbpInterval sets the MinEbpInterval field's value. 8079func (s *M2tsSettings) SetMinEbpInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8080 s.MinEbpInterval = &v 8081 return s 8082} 8083 8084// SetNielsenId3 sets the NielsenId3 field's value. 8085func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNielsenId3(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8086 s.NielsenId3 = &v 8087 return s 8088} 8089 8090// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value. 8091func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 8092 s.NullPacketBitrate = &v 8093 return s 8094} 8095 8096// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. 8097func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8098 s.PatInterval = &v 8099 return s 8100} 8101 8102// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. 8103func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8104 s.PcrControl = &v 8105 return s 8106} 8107 8108// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 8109func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8110 s.PcrPid = &v 8111 return s 8112} 8113 8114// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. 8115func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8116 s.PmtInterval = &v 8117 return s 8118} 8119 8120// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 8121func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8122 s.PmtPid = &v 8123 return s 8124} 8125 8126// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value. 8127func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8128 s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v 8129 return s 8130} 8131 8132// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. 8133func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8134 s.ProgramNumber = &v 8135 return s 8136} 8137 8138// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value. 8139func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8140 s.RateMode = &v 8141 return s 8142} 8143 8144// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 8145func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8146 s.Scte35Pid = &v 8147 return s 8148} 8149 8150// SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value. 8151func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Source(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8152 s.Scte35Source = &v 8153 return s 8154} 8155 8156// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value. 8157func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8158 s.SegmentationMarkers = &v 8159 return s 8160} 8161 8162// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value. 8163func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings { 8164 s.SegmentationStyle = &v 8165 return s 8166} 8167 8168// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value. 8169func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 8170 s.SegmentationTime = &v 8171 return s 8172} 8173 8174// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 8175func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8176 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 8177 return s 8178} 8179 8180// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 8181func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8182 s.TransportStreamId = &v 8183 return s 8184} 8185 8186// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 8187func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 8188 s.VideoPid = &v 8189 return s 8190} 8191 8192// Settings for TS segments in HLS 8193type M3u8Settings struct { 8194 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8195 8196 // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. 8197 AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` 8198 8199 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport 8200 // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or 8201 // by comma separation. 8202 AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` 8203 8204 // If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in 8205 // the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. 8206 NielsenId3 *string `locationName:"nielsenId3" type:"string" enum:"M3u8NielsenId3"` 8207 8208 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 8209 // transport stream. 8210 PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` 8211 8212 // When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 8213 // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective 8214 // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 8215 PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"` 8216 8217 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport 8218 // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as 8219 // the Video PID. 8220 PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` 8221 8222 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 8223 // transport stream. 8224 PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` 8225 8226 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport 8227 // stream. 8228 PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` 8229 8230 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream. 8231 PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 8232 8233 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. 8234 ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` 8235 8236 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. 8237 Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` 8238 8239 // Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from 8240 // input to output. 8241 Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Source"` 8242 8243 // If PASSTHROUGH, inserts ID3 timed metadata from the timed_metadata REST command 8244 // into this output. 8245 TimedMetadata *string `locationName:"timedMetadata" type:"string" enum:"TimedMetadata"` 8246 8247 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. 8248 TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 8249 8250 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. 8251 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` 8252 8253 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. 8254 VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` 8255} 8256 8257// String returns the string representation 8258func (s M3u8Settings) String() string { 8259 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8260} 8261 8262// GoString returns the string representation 8263func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string { 8264 return s.String() 8265} 8266 8267// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. 8268func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8269 s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v 8270 return s 8271} 8272 8273// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 8274func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *M3u8Settings { 8275 s.AudioPids = v 8276 return s 8277} 8278 8279// SetNielsenId3 sets the NielsenId3 field's value. 8280func (s *M3u8Settings) SetNielsenId3(v string) *M3u8Settings { 8281 s.NielsenId3 = &v 8282 return s 8283} 8284 8285// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. 8286func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8287 s.PatInterval = &v 8288 return s 8289} 8290 8291// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. 8292func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings { 8293 s.PcrControl = &v 8294 return s 8295} 8296 8297// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 8298func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8299 s.PcrPid = &v 8300 return s 8301} 8302 8303// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. 8304func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8305 s.PmtInterval = &v 8306 return s 8307} 8308 8309// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 8310func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8311 s.PmtPid = &v 8312 return s 8313} 8314 8315// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value. 8316func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8317 s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v 8318 return s 8319} 8320 8321// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. 8322func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8323 s.ProgramNumber = &v 8324 return s 8325} 8326 8327// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 8328func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8329 s.Scte35Pid = &v 8330 return s 8331} 8332 8333// SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value. 8334func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Source(v string) *M3u8Settings { 8335 s.Scte35Source = &v 8336 return s 8337} 8338 8339// SetTimedMetadata sets the TimedMetadata field's value. 8340func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadata(v string) *M3u8Settings { 8341 s.TimedMetadata = &v 8342 return s 8343} 8344 8345// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 8346func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8347 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 8348 return s 8349} 8350 8351// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 8352func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8353 s.TransportStreamId = &v 8354 return s 8355} 8356 8357// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 8358func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 8359 s.VideoPid = &v 8360 return s 8361} 8362 8363// Settings for MOV Container. 8364type MovSettings struct { 8365 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8366 8367 // When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings. 8368 ClapAtom *string `locationName:"clapAtom" type:"string" enum:"MovClapAtom"` 8369 8370 // When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times 8371 // in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, 8372 // and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 8373 // 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. 8374 CslgAtom *string `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"MovCslgAtom"` 8375 8376 // When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using 8377 // XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, 8378 // but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the 8379 // video codec is MPEG2. 8380 Mpeg2FourCCControl *string `locationName:"mpeg2FourCCControl" type:"string" enum:"MovMpeg2FourCCControl"` 8381 8382 // If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding 8383 PaddingControl *string `locationName:"paddingControl" type:"string" enum:"MovPaddingControl"` 8384 8385 // A value of 'external' creates separate media files and the wrapper file (.mov) 8386 // contains references to these media files. A value of 'self_contained' creates 8387 // only a wrapper (.mov) file and this file contains all of the media. 8388 Reference *string `locationName:"reference" type:"string" enum:"MovReference"` 8389} 8390 8391// String returns the string representation 8392func (s MovSettings) String() string { 8393 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8394} 8395 8396// GoString returns the string representation 8397func (s MovSettings) GoString() string { 8398 return s.String() 8399} 8400 8401// SetClapAtom sets the ClapAtom field's value. 8402func (s *MovSettings) SetClapAtom(v string) *MovSettings { 8403 s.ClapAtom = &v 8404 return s 8405} 8406 8407// SetCslgAtom sets the CslgAtom field's value. 8408func (s *MovSettings) SetCslgAtom(v string) *MovSettings { 8409 s.CslgAtom = &v 8410 return s 8411} 8412 8413// SetMpeg2FourCCControl sets the Mpeg2FourCCControl field's value. 8414func (s *MovSettings) SetMpeg2FourCCControl(v string) *MovSettings { 8415 s.Mpeg2FourCCControl = &v 8416 return s 8417} 8418 8419// SetPaddingControl sets the PaddingControl field's value. 8420func (s *MovSettings) SetPaddingControl(v string) *MovSettings { 8421 s.PaddingControl = &v 8422 return s 8423} 8424 8425// SetReference sets the Reference field's value. 8426func (s *MovSettings) SetReference(v string) *MovSettings { 8427 s.Reference = &v 8428 return s 8429} 8430 8431// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 8432// the value MP2. 8433type Mp2Settings struct { 8434 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8435 8436 // Average bitrate in bits/second. 8437 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 8438 8439 // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. 8440 // Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo 8441 // will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2. 8442 Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` 8443 8444 // Sample rate in hz. 8445 SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` 8446} 8447 8448// String returns the string representation 8449func (s Mp2Settings) String() string { 8450 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8451} 8452 8453// GoString returns the string representation 8454func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string { 8455 return s.String() 8456} 8457 8458// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 8459func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Mp2Settings { 8460 s.Bitrate = &v 8461 return s 8462} 8463 8464// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. 8465func (s *Mp2Settings) SetChannels(v int64) *Mp2Settings { 8466 s.Channels = &v 8467 return s 8468} 8469 8470// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 8471func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Mp2Settings { 8472 s.SampleRate = &v 8473 return s 8474} 8475 8476// Settings for MP4 Container 8477type Mp4Settings struct { 8478 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8479 8480 // When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times 8481 // in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, 8482 // and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 8483 // 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. 8484 CslgAtom *string `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"Mp4CslgAtom"` 8485 8486 // Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box. 8487 FreeSpaceBox *string `locationName:"freeSpaceBox" type:"string" enum:"Mp4FreeSpaceBox"` 8488 8489 // If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning 8490 // of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed 8491 // normally at the end. 8492 MoovPlacement *string `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"Mp4MoovPlacement"` 8493 8494 // Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary 8495 // to specify. 8496 Mp4MajorBrand *string `locationName:"mp4MajorBrand" type:"string"` 8497} 8498 8499// String returns the string representation 8500func (s Mp4Settings) String() string { 8501 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8502} 8503 8504// GoString returns the string representation 8505func (s Mp4Settings) GoString() string { 8506 return s.String() 8507} 8508 8509// SetCslgAtom sets the CslgAtom field's value. 8510func (s *Mp4Settings) SetCslgAtom(v string) *Mp4Settings { 8511 s.CslgAtom = &v 8512 return s 8513} 8514 8515// SetFreeSpaceBox sets the FreeSpaceBox field's value. 8516func (s *Mp4Settings) SetFreeSpaceBox(v string) *Mp4Settings { 8517 s.FreeSpaceBox = &v 8518 return s 8519} 8520 8521// SetMoovPlacement sets the MoovPlacement field's value. 8522func (s *Mp4Settings) SetMoovPlacement(v string) *Mp4Settings { 8523 s.MoovPlacement = &v 8524 return s 8525} 8526 8527// SetMp4MajorBrand sets the Mp4MajorBrand field's value. 8528func (s *Mp4Settings) SetMp4MajorBrand(v string) *Mp4Settings { 8529 s.Mp4MajorBrand = &v 8530 return s 8531} 8532 8533// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to 8534// the value MPEG2. 8535type Mpeg2Settings struct { 8536 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8537 8538 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 8539 // quality. 8540 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization"` 8541 8542 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits 8543 // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 8544 // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded 8545 // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. 8546 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 8547 8548 // Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output. 8549 CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2CodecLevel"` 8550 8551 // Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output. 8552 CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2CodecProfile"` 8553 8554 // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want 8555 // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this 8556 // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. 8557 FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2FramerateControl"` 8558 8559 // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. 8560 FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm"` 8561 8562 // Framerate denominator. 8563 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` 8564 8565 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 8566 // fps. 8567 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` 8568 8569 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 8570 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 8571 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 8572 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 8573 8574 // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than 8575 // zero. 8576 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 8577 8578 // Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If 8579 // seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 8580 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2GopSizeUnits"` 8581 8582 // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). 8583 HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` 8584 8585 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 8586 // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. 8587 HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` 8588 8589 // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. 8590 // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce 8591 // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top 8592 // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default 8593 // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, 8594 // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the 8595 // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow 8596 // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and 8597 // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be 8598 // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending 8599 // on which of the Follow options you chose. 8600 InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2InterlaceMode"` 8601 8602 // Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision 8603 // for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service 8604 // will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression 8605 // ratio. 8606 IntraDcPrecision *string `locationName:"intraDcPrecision" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision"` 8607 8608 // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be 8609 // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 8610 // or 0.5m. 8611 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` 8612 8613 // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted 8614 // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval 8615 // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene 8616 // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting 8617 // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is 8618 // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch 8619 // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 8620 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 8621 8622 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. 8623 NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` 8624 8625 // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the 8626 // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing 8627 // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 8628 ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ParControl"` 8629 8630 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 8631 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` 8632 8633 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 8634 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` 8635 8636 // Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to 8637 // use single-pass or multipass video encoding. 8638 QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel"` 8639 8640 // Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate 8641 // is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr). 8642 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2RateControlMode"` 8643 8644 // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). 8645 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect"` 8646 8647 // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled 8648 // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 8649 SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SlowPal"` 8650 8651 // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content 8652 // in the encoded image. 8653 Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` 8654 8655 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content 8656 // complexity. 8657 SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"` 8658 8659 // Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001). 8660 Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2Syntax"` 8661 8662 // Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. 8663 // Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from 8664 // a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave 8665 // converstion to the player. 8666 Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2Telecine"` 8667 8668 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content 8669 // complexity. 8670 TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"` 8671} 8672 8673// String returns the string representation 8674func (s Mpeg2Settings) String() string { 8675 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8676} 8677 8678// GoString returns the string representation 8679func (s Mpeg2Settings) GoString() string { 8680 return s.String() 8681} 8682 8683// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 8684func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8685 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 8686 return s 8687} 8688 8689// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 8690func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8691 s.Bitrate = &v 8692 return s 8693} 8694 8695// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value. 8696func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8697 s.CodecLevel = &v 8698 return s 8699} 8700 8701// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. 8702func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8703 s.CodecProfile = &v 8704 return s 8705} 8706 8707// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. 8708func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8709 s.FramerateControl = &v 8710 return s 8711} 8712 8713// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value. 8714func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8715 s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v 8716 return s 8717} 8718 8719// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 8720func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8721 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 8722 return s 8723} 8724 8725// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 8726func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8727 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 8728 return s 8729} 8730 8731// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 8732func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8733 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 8734 return s 8735} 8736 8737// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 8738func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8739 s.GopSize = &v 8740 return s 8741} 8742 8743// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 8744func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8745 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 8746 return s 8747} 8748 8749// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value. 8750func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8751 s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v 8752 return s 8753} 8754 8755// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value. 8756func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8757 s.HrdBufferSize = &v 8758 return s 8759} 8760 8761// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value. 8762func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8763 s.InterlaceMode = &v 8764 return s 8765} 8766 8767// SetIntraDcPrecision sets the IntraDcPrecision field's value. 8768func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetIntraDcPrecision(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8769 s.IntraDcPrecision = &v 8770 return s 8771} 8772 8773// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 8774func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8775 s.MaxBitrate = &v 8776 return s 8777} 8778 8779// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 8780func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8781 s.MinIInterval = &v 8782 return s 8783} 8784 8785// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value. 8786func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8787 s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v 8788 return s 8789} 8790 8791// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. 8792func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParControl(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8793 s.ParControl = &v 8794 return s 8795} 8796 8797// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 8798func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8799 s.ParDenominator = &v 8800 return s 8801} 8802 8803// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 8804func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8805 s.ParNumerator = &v 8806 return s 8807} 8808 8809// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value. 8810func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8811 s.QualityTuningLevel = &v 8812 return s 8813} 8814 8815// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 8816func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8817 s.RateControlMode = &v 8818 return s 8819} 8820 8821// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 8822func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8823 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 8824 return s 8825} 8826 8827// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value. 8828func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8829 s.SlowPal = &v 8830 return s 8831} 8832 8833// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value. 8834func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 8835 s.Softness = &v 8836 return s 8837} 8838 8839// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value. 8840func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8841 s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v 8842 return s 8843} 8844 8845// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value. 8846func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8847 s.Syntax = &v 8848 return s 8849} 8850 8851// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value. 8852func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8853 s.Telecine = &v 8854 return s 8855} 8856 8857// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value. 8858func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 8859 s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v 8860 return s 8861} 8862 8863// If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify 8864// the value SpekeKeyProvider. 8865type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct { 8866 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8867 8868 // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider 8869 SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` 8870} 8871 8872// String returns the string representation 8873func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) String() string { 8874 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8875} 8876 8877// GoString returns the string representation 8878func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) GoString() string { 8879 return s.String() 8880} 8881 8882// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. 8883func (s *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings { 8884 s.SpekeKeyProvider = v 8885 return s 8886} 8887 8888// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to 8889// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS. 8890type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct { 8891 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8892 8893 // COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across 8894 // a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream. 8895 AudioDeduplication *string `locationName:"audioDeduplication" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothAudioDeduplication"` 8896 8897 // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output 8898 // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify 8899 // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input 8900 // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the 8901 // first input file. 8902 Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` 8903 8904 // If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify 8905 // the value SpekeKeyProvider. 8906 Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` 8907 8908 // Use Fragment length (FragmentLength) to specify the mp4 fragment sizes in 8909 // seconds. Fragment length must be compatible with GOP size and framerate. 8910 FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" type:"integer"` 8911 8912 // Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding 8913 // format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16. 8914 ManifestEncoding *string `locationName:"manifestEncoding" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothManifestEncoding"` 8915} 8916 8917// String returns the string representation 8918func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string { 8919 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8920} 8921 8922// GoString returns the string representation 8923func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string { 8924 return s.String() 8925} 8926 8927// SetAudioDeduplication sets the AudioDeduplication field's value. 8928func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioDeduplication(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 8929 s.AudioDeduplication = &v 8930 return s 8931} 8932 8933// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 8934func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 8935 s.Destination = &v 8936 return s 8937} 8938 8939// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. 8940func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 8941 s.Encryption = v 8942 return s 8943} 8944 8945// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value. 8946func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 8947 s.FragmentLength = &v 8948 return s 8949} 8950 8951// SetManifestEncoding sets the ManifestEncoding field's value. 8952func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetManifestEncoding(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 8953 s.ManifestEncoding = &v 8954 return s 8955} 8956 8957// Settings for Nielsen Configuration 8958type NielsenConfiguration struct { 8959 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8960 8961 // Use Nielsen Configuration (NielsenConfiguration) to set the Nielsen measurement 8962 // system breakout code. Supported values are 0, 3, 7, and 9. 8963 BreakoutCode *int64 `locationName:"breakoutCode" type:"integer"` 8964 8965 // Use Distributor ID (DistributorID) to specify the distributor ID that is 8966 // assigned to your organization by Neilsen. 8967 DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"` 8968} 8969 8970// String returns the string representation 8971func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string { 8972 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8973} 8974 8975// GoString returns the string representation 8976func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string { 8977 return s.String() 8978} 8979 8980// SetBreakoutCode sets the BreakoutCode field's value. 8981func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetBreakoutCode(v int64) *NielsenConfiguration { 8982 s.BreakoutCode = &v 8983 return s 8984} 8985 8986// SetDistributorId sets the DistributorId field's value. 8987func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId(v string) *NielsenConfiguration { 8988 s.DistributorId = &v 8989 return s 8990} 8991 8992// Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your 8993// video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output 8994// individually. This setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise 8995// reducer (NoiseReducer), you must also select a value for Noise reducer filter 8996// (NoiseReducerFilter). 8997type NoiseReducer struct { 8998 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8999 9000 // Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following 9001 // spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable 9002 // Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral is an edge preserving noise reduction 9003 // filter * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) are convolution 9004 // filters * Conserve is a min/max noise reduction filter * Spatial is frequency-domain 9005 // filter based on JND principles. 9006 Filter *string `locationName:"filter" type:"string" enum:"NoiseReducerFilter"` 9007 9008 // Settings for a noise reducer filter 9009 FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"` 9010 9011 // Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter. 9012 SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings `locationName:"spatialFilterSettings" type:"structure"` 9013} 9014 9015// String returns the string representation 9016func (s NoiseReducer) String() string { 9017 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9018} 9019 9020// GoString returns the string representation 9021func (s NoiseReducer) GoString() string { 9022 return s.String() 9023} 9024 9025// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. 9026func (s *NoiseReducer) SetFilter(v string) *NoiseReducer { 9027 s.Filter = &v 9028 return s 9029} 9030 9031// SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value. 9032func (s *NoiseReducer) SetFilterSettings(v *NoiseReducerFilterSettings) *NoiseReducer { 9033 s.FilterSettings = v 9034 return s 9035} 9036 9037// SetSpatialFilterSettings sets the SpatialFilterSettings field's value. 9038func (s *NoiseReducer) SetSpatialFilterSettings(v *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) *NoiseReducer { 9039 s.SpatialFilterSettings = v 9040 return s 9041} 9042 9043// Settings for a noise reducer filter 9044type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct { 9045 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9046 9047 // Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger 9048 // filtering. 9049 Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"` 9050} 9051 9052// String returns the string representation 9053func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) String() string { 9054 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9055} 9056 9057// GoString returns the string representation 9058func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) GoString() string { 9059 return s.String() 9060} 9061 9062// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value. 9063func (s *NoiseReducerFilterSettings) SetStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerFilterSettings { 9064 s.Strength = &v 9065 return s 9066} 9067 9068// Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter. 9069type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct { 9070 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9071 9072 // Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling 9073 // the filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength. 9074 PostFilterSharpenStrength *int64 `locationName:"postFilterSharpenStrength" type:"integer"` 9075 9076 // The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with 9077 // 0 being the nominal value. 9078 Speed *int64 `locationName:"speed" type:"integer"` 9079 9080 // Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger 9081 // filtering. 9082 Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"` 9083} 9084 9085// String returns the string representation 9086func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) String() string { 9087 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9088} 9089 9090// GoString returns the string representation 9091func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) GoString() string { 9092 return s.String() 9093} 9094 9095// SetPostFilterSharpenStrength sets the PostFilterSharpenStrength field's value. 9096func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetPostFilterSharpenStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings { 9097 s.PostFilterSharpenStrength = &v 9098 return s 9099} 9100 9101// SetSpeed sets the Speed field's value. 9102func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetSpeed(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings { 9103 s.Speed = &v 9104 return s 9105} 9106 9107// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value. 9108func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings { 9109 s.Strength = &v 9110 return s 9111} 9112 9113// An output object describes the settings for a single output file or stream 9114// in an output group. 9115type Output struct { 9116 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9117 9118 // (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized 9119 // by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions) 9120 // can contain multiple groups of encoding settings. 9121 AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"` 9122 9123 // (CaptionDescriptions) contains groups of captions settings. For each output 9124 // that has captions, include one instance of (CaptionDescriptions). (CaptionDescriptions) 9125 // can contain multiple groups of captions settings. 9126 CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` 9127 9128 // Container specific settings. 9129 ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"` 9130 9131 // Use Extension (Extension) to specify the file extension for outputs in File 9132 // output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default 9133 // extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts * 9134 // Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * No Container, 9135 // the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, H265, AC3) 9136 Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"` 9137 9138 // Use Name modifier (NameModifier) to have the service add a string to the 9139 // end of each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your 9140 // destination URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, 9141 // Name modifier (NameModifier) is required. Name modifier also accepts format 9142 // identifiers. For DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ 9143 // or $Time$ in one output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs 9144 // of the output group. 9145 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 9146 9147 // Specific settings for this type of output. 9148 OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure"` 9149 9150 // Use Preset (Preset) to specifiy a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide 9151 // the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset (Preset) 9152 // or Container settings (ContainerSettings), but not both. 9153 Preset *string `locationName:"preset" type:"string"` 9154 9155 // (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific 9156 // video settings depend on the video codec you choose when you specify a value 9157 // for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per output. 9158 VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"` 9159} 9160 9161// String returns the string representation 9162func (s Output) String() string { 9163 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9164} 9165 9166// GoString returns the string representation 9167func (s Output) GoString() string { 9168 return s.String() 9169} 9170 9171// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value. 9172func (s *Output) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *Output { 9173 s.AudioDescriptions = v 9174 return s 9175} 9176 9177// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value. 9178func (s *Output) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *Output { 9179 s.CaptionDescriptions = v 9180 return s 9181} 9182 9183// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. 9184func (s *Output) SetContainerSettings(v *ContainerSettings) *Output { 9185 s.ContainerSettings = v 9186 return s 9187} 9188 9189// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value. 9190func (s *Output) SetExtension(v string) *Output { 9191 s.Extension = &v 9192 return s 9193} 9194 9195// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 9196func (s *Output) SetNameModifier(v string) *Output { 9197 s.NameModifier = &v 9198 return s 9199} 9200 9201// SetOutputSettings sets the OutputSettings field's value. 9202func (s *Output) SetOutputSettings(v *OutputSettings) *Output { 9203 s.OutputSettings = v 9204 return s 9205} 9206 9207// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value. 9208func (s *Output) SetPreset(v string) *Output { 9209 s.Preset = &v 9210 return s 9211} 9212 9213// SetVideoDescription sets the VideoDescription field's value. 9214func (s *Output) SetVideoDescription(v *VideoDescription) *Output { 9215 s.VideoDescription = v 9216 return s 9217} 9218 9219// OutputChannel mapping settings. 9220type OutputChannelMapping struct { 9221 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9222 9223 // List of input channels 9224 InputChannels []*int64 `locationName:"inputChannels" type:"list"` 9225} 9226 9227// String returns the string representation 9228func (s OutputChannelMapping) String() string { 9229 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9230} 9231 9232// GoString returns the string representation 9233func (s OutputChannelMapping) GoString() string { 9234 return s.String() 9235} 9236 9237// SetInputChannels sets the InputChannels field's value. 9238func (s *OutputChannelMapping) SetInputChannels(v []*int64) *OutputChannelMapping { 9239 s.InputChannels = v 9240 return s 9241} 9242 9243// Details regarding output 9244type OutputDetail struct { 9245 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9246 9247 // Duration in milliseconds 9248 DurationInMs *int64 `locationName:"durationInMs" type:"integer"` 9249 9250 // Contains details about the output's video stream 9251 VideoDetails *VideoDetail `locationName:"videoDetails" type:"structure"` 9252} 9253 9254// String returns the string representation 9255func (s OutputDetail) String() string { 9256 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9257} 9258 9259// GoString returns the string representation 9260func (s OutputDetail) GoString() string { 9261 return s.String() 9262} 9263 9264// SetDurationInMs sets the DurationInMs field's value. 9265func (s *OutputDetail) SetDurationInMs(v int64) *OutputDetail { 9266 s.DurationInMs = &v 9267 return s 9268} 9269 9270// SetVideoDetails sets the VideoDetails field's value. 9271func (s *OutputDetail) SetVideoDetails(v *VideoDetail) *OutputDetail { 9272 s.VideoDetails = v 9273 return s 9274} 9275 9276// Group of outputs 9277type OutputGroup struct { 9278 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9279 9280 // Use Custom Group Name (CustomName) to specify a name for the output group. 9281 // This value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON 9282 // more human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters 9283 // that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores. 9284 CustomName *string `locationName:"customName" type:"string"` 9285 9286 // Name of the output group 9287 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9288 9289 // Output Group settings, including type 9290 OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 9291 9292 // This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per 9293 // output. 9294 Outputs []*Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list"` 9295} 9296 9297// String returns the string representation 9298func (s OutputGroup) String() string { 9299 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9300} 9301 9302// GoString returns the string representation 9303func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string { 9304 return s.String() 9305} 9306 9307// SetCustomName sets the CustomName field's value. 9308func (s *OutputGroup) SetCustomName(v string) *OutputGroup { 9309 s.CustomName = &v 9310 return s 9311} 9312 9313// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9314func (s *OutputGroup) SetName(v string) *OutputGroup { 9315 s.Name = &v 9316 return s 9317} 9318 9319// SetOutputGroupSettings sets the OutputGroupSettings field's value. 9320func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings(v *OutputGroupSettings) *OutputGroup { 9321 s.OutputGroupSettings = v 9322 return s 9323} 9324 9325// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value. 9326func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputs(v []*Output) *OutputGroup { 9327 s.Outputs = v 9328 return s 9329} 9330 9331// Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings. 9332type OutputGroupDetail struct { 9333 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9334 9335 // Details about the output 9336 OutputDetails []*OutputDetail `locationName:"outputDetails" type:"list"` 9337} 9338 9339// String returns the string representation 9340func (s OutputGroupDetail) String() string { 9341 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9342} 9343 9344// GoString returns the string representation 9345func (s OutputGroupDetail) GoString() string { 9346 return s.String() 9347} 9348 9349// SetOutputDetails sets the OutputDetails field's value. 9350func (s *OutputGroupDetail) SetOutputDetails(v []*OutputDetail) *OutputGroupDetail { 9351 s.OutputDetails = v 9352 return s 9353} 9354 9355// Output Group settings, including type 9356type OutputGroupSettings struct { 9357 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9358 9359 // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to 9360 // DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS. 9361 DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings `locationName:"dashIsoGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 9362 9363 // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to 9364 // FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS. 9365 FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings `locationName:"fileGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 9366 9367 // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to 9368 // HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS. 9369 HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 9370 9371 // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to 9372 // MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS. 9373 MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 9374 9375 // Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming) 9376 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"OutputGroupType"` 9377} 9378 9379// String returns the string representation 9380func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string { 9381 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9382} 9383 9384// GoString returns the string representation 9385func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string { 9386 return s.String() 9387} 9388 9389// SetDashIsoGroupSettings sets the DashIsoGroupSettings field's value. 9390func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetDashIsoGroupSettings(v *DashIsoGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 9391 s.DashIsoGroupSettings = v 9392 return s 9393} 9394 9395// SetFileGroupSettings sets the FileGroupSettings field's value. 9396func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetFileGroupSettings(v *FileGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 9397 s.FileGroupSettings = v 9398 return s 9399} 9400 9401// SetHlsGroupSettings sets the HlsGroupSettings field's value. 9402func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings(v *HlsGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 9403 s.HlsGroupSettings = v 9404 return s 9405} 9406 9407// SetMsSmoothGroupSettings sets the MsSmoothGroupSettings field's value. 9408func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 9409 s.MsSmoothGroupSettings = v 9410 return s 9411} 9412 9413// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9414func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetType(v string) *OutputGroupSettings { 9415 s.Type = &v 9416 return s 9417} 9418 9419// Specific settings for this type of output. 9420type OutputSettings struct { 9421 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9422 9423 // Settings for HLS output groups 9424 HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure"` 9425} 9426 9427// String returns the string representation 9428func (s OutputSettings) String() string { 9429 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9430} 9431 9432// GoString returns the string representation 9433func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string { 9434 return s.String() 9435} 9436 9437// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value. 9438func (s *OutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *OutputSettings { 9439 s.HlsSettings = v 9440 return s 9441} 9442 9443// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that 9444// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. 9445type Preset struct { 9446 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9447 9448 // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. 9449 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9450 9451 // An optional category you create to organize your presets. 9452 Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` 9453 9454 // The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation. 9455 CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 9456 9457 // An optional description you create for each preset. 9458 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 9459 9460 // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated. 9461 LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 9462 9463 // A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account. 9464 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9465 9466 // Settings for preset 9467 Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` 9468 9469 // A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset 9470 // can't be modified or deleted by the user. 9471 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"` 9472} 9473 9474// String returns the string representation 9475func (s Preset) String() string { 9476 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9477} 9478 9479// GoString returns the string representation 9480func (s Preset) GoString() string { 9481 return s.String() 9482} 9483 9484// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9485func (s *Preset) SetArn(v string) *Preset { 9486 s.Arn = &v 9487 return s 9488} 9489 9490// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. 9491func (s *Preset) SetCategory(v string) *Preset { 9492 s.Category = &v 9493 return s 9494} 9495 9496// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. 9497func (s *Preset) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Preset { 9498 s.CreatedAt = &v 9499 return s 9500} 9501 9502// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 9503func (s *Preset) SetDescription(v string) *Preset { 9504 s.Description = &v 9505 return s 9506} 9507 9508// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. 9509func (s *Preset) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Preset { 9510 s.LastUpdated = &v 9511 return s 9512} 9513 9514// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9515func (s *Preset) SetName(v string) *Preset { 9516 s.Name = &v 9517 return s 9518} 9519 9520// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 9521func (s *Preset) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *Preset { 9522 s.Settings = v 9523 return s 9524} 9525 9526// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9527func (s *Preset) SetType(v string) *Preset { 9528 s.Type = &v 9529 return s 9530} 9531 9532// Settings for preset 9533type PresetSettings struct { 9534 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9535 9536 // (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized 9537 // by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions) 9538 // can contain multiple groups of encoding settings. 9539 AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"` 9540 9541 // Caption settings for this preset. There can be multiple caption settings 9542 // in a single output. 9543 CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescriptionPreset `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` 9544 9545 // Container specific settings. 9546 ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"` 9547 9548 // (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific 9549 // video settings depend on the video codec you choose when you specify a value 9550 // for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per output. 9551 VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"` 9552} 9553 9554// String returns the string representation 9555func (s PresetSettings) String() string { 9556 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9557} 9558 9559// GoString returns the string representation 9560func (s PresetSettings) GoString() string { 9561 return s.String() 9562} 9563 9564// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value. 9565func (s *PresetSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *PresetSettings { 9566 s.AudioDescriptions = v 9567 return s 9568} 9569 9570// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value. 9571func (s *PresetSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescriptionPreset) *PresetSettings { 9572 s.CaptionDescriptions = v 9573 return s 9574} 9575 9576// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. 9577func (s *PresetSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ContainerSettings) *PresetSettings { 9578 s.ContainerSettings = v 9579 return s 9580} 9581 9582// SetVideoDescription sets the VideoDescription field's value. 9583func (s *PresetSettings) SetVideoDescription(v *VideoDescription) *PresetSettings { 9584 s.VideoDescription = v 9585 return s 9586} 9587 9588// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to 9589// the value PRORES. 9590type ProresSettings struct { 9591 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9592 9593 // Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec 9594 // to use for this output. 9595 CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"ProresCodecProfile"` 9596 9597 // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want 9598 // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this 9599 // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. 9600 FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"ProresFramerateControl"` 9601 9602 // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. 9603 FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm"` 9604 9605 // Framerate denominator. 9606 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` 9607 9608 // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, specify 9609 // the framerate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use 9610 // FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example, 9611 // use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. 9612 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` 9613 9614 // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. 9615 // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce 9616 // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top 9617 // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default 9618 // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, 9619 // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the 9620 // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow 9621 // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and 9622 // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be 9623 // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending 9624 // on which of the Follow options you chose. 9625 InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"ProresInterlaceMode"` 9626 9627 // Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect 9628 // ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect 9629 // ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the 9630 // console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl 9631 // to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator). 9632 ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"ProresParControl"` 9633 9634 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 9635 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` 9636 9637 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 9638 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` 9639 9640 // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled 9641 // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 9642 SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"ProresSlowPal"` 9643 9644 // Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 9645 // 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i 9646 // output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output 9647 // and leave converstion to the player. 9648 Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"ProresTelecine"` 9649} 9650 9651// String returns the string representation 9652func (s ProresSettings) String() string { 9653 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9654} 9655 9656// GoString returns the string representation 9657func (s ProresSettings) GoString() string { 9658 return s.String() 9659} 9660 9661// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. 9662func (s *ProresSettings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *ProresSettings { 9663 s.CodecProfile = &v 9664 return s 9665} 9666 9667// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. 9668func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *ProresSettings { 9669 s.FramerateControl = &v 9670 return s 9671} 9672 9673// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value. 9674func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *ProresSettings { 9675 s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v 9676 return s 9677} 9678 9679// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 9680func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *ProresSettings { 9681 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 9682 return s 9683} 9684 9685// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 9686func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *ProresSettings { 9687 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 9688 return s 9689} 9690 9691// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value. 9692func (s *ProresSettings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *ProresSettings { 9693 s.InterlaceMode = &v 9694 return s 9695} 9696 9697// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. 9698func (s *ProresSettings) SetParControl(v string) *ProresSettings { 9699 s.ParControl = &v 9700 return s 9701} 9702 9703// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 9704func (s *ProresSettings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *ProresSettings { 9705 s.ParDenominator = &v 9706 return s 9707} 9708 9709// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 9710func (s *ProresSettings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *ProresSettings { 9711 s.ParNumerator = &v 9712 return s 9713} 9714 9715// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value. 9716func (s *ProresSettings) SetSlowPal(v string) *ProresSettings { 9717 s.SlowPal = &v 9718 return s 9719} 9720 9721// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value. 9722func (s *ProresSettings) SetTelecine(v string) *ProresSettings { 9723 s.Telecine = &v 9724 return s 9725} 9726 9727// MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs 9728// are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues 9729// to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. 9730type Queue struct { 9731 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9732 9733 // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. 9734 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9735 9736 // The timestamp in epoch seconds for queue creation. 9737 CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 9738 9739 // An optional description you create for each queue. 9740 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 9741 9742 // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the queue was last updated. 9743 LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 9744 9745 // A name you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your account. 9746 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9747 9748 // Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue 9749 // will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until 9750 // they finish or error out. 9751 Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"QueueStatus"` 9752 9753 // A queue can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in queues 9754 // can't be modified or deleted by the user. 9755 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"` 9756} 9757 9758// String returns the string representation 9759func (s Queue) String() string { 9760 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9761} 9762 9763// GoString returns the string representation 9764func (s Queue) GoString() string { 9765 return s.String() 9766} 9767 9768// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9769func (s *Queue) SetArn(v string) *Queue { 9770 s.Arn = &v 9771 return s 9772} 9773 9774// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. 9775func (s *Queue) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Queue { 9776 s.CreatedAt = &v 9777 return s 9778} 9779 9780// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 9781func (s *Queue) SetDescription(v string) *Queue { 9782 s.Description = &v 9783 return s 9784} 9785 9786// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. 9787func (s *Queue) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Queue { 9788 s.LastUpdated = &v 9789 return s 9790} 9791 9792// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9793func (s *Queue) SetName(v string) *Queue { 9794 s.Name = &v 9795 return s 9796} 9797 9798// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9799func (s *Queue) SetStatus(v string) *Queue { 9800 s.Status = &v 9801 return s 9802} 9803 9804// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9805func (s *Queue) SetType(v string) *Queue { 9806 s.Type = &v 9807 return s 9808} 9809 9810// Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame. 9811type Rectangle struct { 9812 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9813 9814 // Height of rectangle in pixels. 9815 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 9816 9817 // Width of rectangle in pixels. 9818 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 9819 9820 // The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video 9821 // frame. 9822 X *int64 `locationName:"x" type:"integer"` 9823 9824 // The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video 9825 // frame. 9826 Y *int64 `locationName:"y" type:"integer"` 9827} 9828 9829// String returns the string representation 9830func (s Rectangle) String() string { 9831 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9832} 9833 9834// GoString returns the string representation 9835func (s Rectangle) GoString() string { 9836 return s.String() 9837} 9838 9839// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 9840func (s *Rectangle) SetHeight(v int64) *Rectangle { 9841 s.Height = &v 9842 return s 9843} 9844 9845// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 9846func (s *Rectangle) SetWidth(v int64) *Rectangle { 9847 s.Width = &v 9848 return s 9849} 9850 9851// SetX sets the X field's value. 9852func (s *Rectangle) SetX(v int64) *Rectangle { 9853 s.X = &v 9854 return s 9855} 9856 9857// SetY sets the Y field's value. 9858func (s *Rectangle) SetY(v int64) *Rectangle { 9859 s.Y = &v 9860 return s 9861} 9862 9863// Use Manual audio remixing (RemixSettings) to adjust audio levels for each 9864// output channel. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer audio channels 9865// than your input audio source provides. 9866type RemixSettings struct { 9867 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9868 9869 // Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the 9870 // remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within 9871 // the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel 9872 // unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). 9873 ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMapping" type:"structure"` 9874 9875 // Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use 9876 // in your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these 9877 // channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different. 9878 ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" type:"integer"` 9879 9880 // Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values: 9881 // 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 9882 ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" type:"integer"` 9883} 9884 9885// String returns the string representation 9886func (s RemixSettings) String() string { 9887 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9888} 9889 9890// GoString returns the string representation 9891func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string { 9892 return s.String() 9893} 9894 9895// SetChannelMapping sets the ChannelMapping field's value. 9896func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelMapping(v *ChannelMapping) *RemixSettings { 9897 s.ChannelMapping = v 9898 return s 9899} 9900 9901// SetChannelsIn sets the ChannelsIn field's value. 9902func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn(v int64) *RemixSettings { 9903 s.ChannelsIn = &v 9904 return s 9905} 9906 9907// SetChannelsOut sets the ChannelsOut field's value. 9908func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut(v int64) *RemixSettings { 9909 s.ChannelsOut = &v 9910 return s 9911} 9912 9913// Settings for SCC caption output. 9914type SccDestinationSettings struct { 9915 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9916 9917 // Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and 9918 // the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a framerate that matches 9919 // the framerate of the associated video. If the video framerate is 29.97, choose 9920 // 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true 9921 // and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME). 9922 Framerate *string `locationName:"framerate" type:"string" enum:"SccDestinationFramerate"` 9923} 9924 9925// String returns the string representation 9926func (s SccDestinationSettings) String() string { 9927 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9928} 9929 9930// GoString returns the string representation 9931func (s SccDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 9932 return s.String() 9933} 9934 9935// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value. 9936func (s *SccDestinationSettings) SetFramerate(v string) *SccDestinationSettings { 9937 s.Framerate = &v 9938 return s 9939} 9940 9941// Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider 9942type SpekeKeyProvider struct { 9943 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9944 9945 // The SPEKE-compliant server uses Resource ID (ResourceId) to identify content. 9946 ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"` 9947 9948 // Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups 9949 // support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id. 9950 SystemIds []*string `locationName:"systemIds" type:"list"` 9951 9952 // Use URL (Url) to specify the SPEKE-compliant server that will provide keys 9953 // for content. 9954 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 9955} 9956 9957// String returns the string representation 9958func (s SpekeKeyProvider) String() string { 9959 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9960} 9961 9962// GoString returns the string representation 9963func (s SpekeKeyProvider) GoString() string { 9964 return s.String() 9965} 9966 9967// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. 9968func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetResourceId(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider { 9969 s.ResourceId = &v 9970 return s 9971} 9972 9973// SetSystemIds sets the SystemIds field's value. 9974func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetSystemIds(v []*string) *SpekeKeyProvider { 9975 s.SystemIds = v 9976 return s 9977} 9978 9979// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 9980func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetUrl(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider { 9981 s.Url = &v 9982 return s 9983} 9984 9985// Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider. 9986type StaticKeyProvider struct { 9987 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9988 9989 // Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute. 9990 // Must be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an 9991 // implicit value of 'identity'. 9992 KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"` 9993 9994 // Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value 9995 // or a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3). 9996 KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"` 9997 9998 // Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify 9999 // Key Value (StaticKeyValue). 10000 StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" type:"string"` 10001 10002 // Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for 10003 // protecting content. 10004 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 10005} 10006 10007// String returns the string representation 10008func (s StaticKeyProvider) String() string { 10009 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10010} 10011 10012// GoString returns the string representation 10013func (s StaticKeyProvider) GoString() string { 10014 return s.String() 10015} 10016 10017// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value. 10018func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetKeyFormat(v string) *StaticKeyProvider { 10019 s.KeyFormat = &v 10020 return s 10021} 10022 10023// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value. 10024func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *StaticKeyProvider { 10025 s.KeyFormatVersions = &v 10026 return s 10027} 10028 10029// SetStaticKeyValue sets the StaticKeyValue field's value. 10030func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetStaticKeyValue(v string) *StaticKeyProvider { 10031 s.StaticKeyValue = &v 10032 return s 10033} 10034 10035// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 10036func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetUrl(v string) *StaticKeyProvider { 10037 s.Url = &v 10038 return s 10039} 10040 10041// Settings for Teletext caption output 10042type TeletextDestinationSettings struct { 10043 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10044 10045 // Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for 10046 // this output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings 10047 // ending in -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext 10048 // data, do not use this field. 10049 PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` 10050} 10051 10052// String returns the string representation 10053func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string { 10054 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10055} 10056 10057// GoString returns the string representation 10058func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 10059 return s.String() 10060} 10061 10062// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value. 10063func (s *TeletextDestinationSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextDestinationSettings { 10064 s.PageNumber = &v 10065 return s 10066} 10067 10068// Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number. 10069type TeletextSourceSettings struct { 10070 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10071 10072 // Use Page Number (PageNumber) to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page 10073 // number that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if 10074 // you are passing through teletext from the input source to output. 10075 PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` 10076} 10077 10078// String returns the string representation 10079func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string { 10080 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10081} 10082 10083// GoString returns the string representation 10084func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string { 10085 return s.String() 10086} 10087 10088// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value. 10089func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextSourceSettings { 10090 s.PageNumber = &v 10091 return s 10092} 10093 10094// Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified 10095// prefix into the output. 10096type TimecodeBurnin struct { 10097 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10098 10099 // Use Font Size (FontSize) to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. 10100 // Valid values are 10, 16, 32, 48. 10101 FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` 10102 10103 // Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to 10104 // specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video. 10105 Position *string `locationName:"position" type:"string" enum:"TimecodeBurninPosition"` 10106 10107 // Use Prefix (Prefix) to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. 10108 // For example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". 10109 // Provide either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The 10110 // supported range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, 10111 // numbers, and all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard. 10112 Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` 10113} 10114 10115// String returns the string representation 10116func (s TimecodeBurnin) String() string { 10117 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10118} 10119 10120// GoString returns the string representation 10121func (s TimecodeBurnin) GoString() string { 10122 return s.String() 10123} 10124 10125// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 10126func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetFontSize(v int64) *TimecodeBurnin { 10127 s.FontSize = &v 10128 return s 10129} 10130 10131// SetPosition sets the Position field's value. 10132func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetPosition(v string) *TimecodeBurnin { 10133 s.Position = &v 10134 return s 10135} 10136 10137// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. 10138func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetPrefix(v string) *TimecodeBurnin { 10139 s.Prefix = &v 10140 return s 10141} 10142 10143// Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. 10144type TimecodeConfig struct { 10145 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10146 10147 // If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor 10148 // Timecode (Anchor) to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame 10149 // to the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) 10150 // or (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores framerate conversion. System behavior 10151 // for Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Timecode source 10152 // (TimecodeSource). * If Timecode source (TimecodeSource) is set to Specified 10153 // Start (specifiedstart), the first input frame is the specified value in Start 10154 // Timecode (Start). Anchor Timecode (Anchor) and Start Timecode (Start) are 10155 // used calculate output timecode. * If Timecode source (TimecodeSource) is 10156 // set to Start at 0 (zerobased) the first frame is 00:00:00:00. * If Timecode 10157 // source (TimecodeSource) is set to Embedded (embedded), the first frame is 10158 // the timecode value on the first input frame of the input. 10159 Anchor *string `locationName:"anchor" type:"string"` 10160 10161 // Use Timecode source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within 10162 // this input. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are 10163 // synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, 10164 // choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes 10165 // are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) 10166 // - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is 10167 // in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start 10168 // at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. 10169 // * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame 10170 // to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this 10171 // value. 10172 Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"TimecodeSource"` 10173 10174 // Only use when you set Timecode Source (TimecodeSource) to Specified Start 10175 // (SPECIFIEDSTART). Use Start timecode (Start) to specify the timecode for 10176 // the initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or 10177 // (HH:MM:SS;FF). 10178 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 10179 10180 // Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Time stamp 10181 // offset (TimestampOffset) to overwrite the timecode date without affecting 10182 // the time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format 10183 // "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Time stamp offset, you must also enable Insert program-date-time 10184 // (InsertProgramDateTime) in the output settings. 10185 TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"` 10186} 10187 10188// String returns the string representation 10189func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string { 10190 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10191} 10192 10193// GoString returns the string representation 10194func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string { 10195 return s.String() 10196} 10197 10198// SetAnchor sets the Anchor field's value. 10199func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetAnchor(v string) *TimecodeConfig { 10200 s.Anchor = &v 10201 return s 10202} 10203 10204// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 10205func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSource(v string) *TimecodeConfig { 10206 s.Source = &v 10207 return s 10208} 10209 10210// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 10211func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetStart(v string) *TimecodeConfig { 10212 s.Start = &v 10213 return s 10214} 10215 10216// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value. 10217func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *TimecodeConfig { 10218 s.TimestampOffset = &v 10219 return s 10220} 10221 10222// Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags 10223// in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it 10224// in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion 10225// (Id3Insertion) objects. 10226type TimedMetadataInsertion struct { 10227 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10228 10229 // Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances. 10230 Id3Insertions []*Id3Insertion `locationName:"id3Insertions" type:"list"` 10231} 10232 10233// String returns the string representation 10234func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) String() string { 10235 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10236} 10237 10238// GoString returns the string representation 10239func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) GoString() string { 10240 return s.String() 10241} 10242 10243// SetId3Insertions sets the Id3Insertions field's value. 10244func (s *TimedMetadataInsertion) SetId3Insertions(v []*Id3Insertion) *TimedMetadataInsertion { 10245 s.Id3Insertions = v 10246 return s 10247} 10248 10249// Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified 10250// in Unix epoch format in seconds. 10251type Timing struct { 10252 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10253 10254 // The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished 10255 FinishTime *time.Time `locationName:"finishTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 10256 10257 // The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began. 10258 StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 10259 10260 // The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job. 10261 SubmitTime *time.Time `locationName:"submitTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` 10262} 10263 10264// String returns the string representation 10265func (s Timing) String() string { 10266 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10267} 10268 10269// GoString returns the string representation 10270func (s Timing) GoString() string { 10271 return s.String() 10272} 10273 10274// SetFinishTime sets the FinishTime field's value. 10275func (s *Timing) SetFinishTime(v time.Time) *Timing { 10276 s.FinishTime = &v 10277 return s 10278} 10279 10280// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 10281func (s *Timing) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *Timing { 10282 s.StartTime = &v 10283 return s 10284} 10285 10286// SetSubmitTime sets the SubmitTime field's value. 10287func (s *Timing) SetSubmitTime(v time.Time) *Timing { 10288 s.SubmitTime = &v 10289 return s 10290} 10291 10292// Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information 10293// (TtmlStylePassthrough). 10294type TtmlDestinationSettings struct { 10295 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10296 10297 // Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source 10298 // (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output. 10299 StylePassthrough *string `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"TtmlStylePassthrough"` 10300} 10301 10302// String returns the string representation 10303func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string { 10304 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10305} 10306 10307// GoString returns the string representation 10308func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 10309 return s.String() 10310} 10311 10312// SetStylePassthrough sets the StylePassthrough field's value. 10313func (s *TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStylePassthrough(v string) *TtmlDestinationSettings { 10314 s.StylePassthrough = &v 10315 return s 10316} 10317 10318// Modify a job template by sending a request with the job template name and 10319// any of the following that you wish to change: description, category, and 10320// queue. 10321type UpdateJobTemplateInput struct { 10322 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10323 10324 // The new category for the job template, if you are changing it. 10325 Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` 10326 10327 // The new description for the job template, if you are changing it. 10328 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 10329 10330 // The name of the job template you are modifying 10331 // 10332 // Name is a required field 10333 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 10334 10335 // The new queue for the job template, if you are changing it. 10336 Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` 10337 10338 // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template 10339 // that will be applied to jobs created from it. 10340 Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` 10341} 10342 10343// String returns the string representation 10344func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) String() string { 10345 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10346} 10347 10348// GoString returns the string representation 10349func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string { 10350 return s.String() 10351} 10352 10353// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10354func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) Validate() error { 10355 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateJobTemplateInput"} 10356 if s.Name == nil { 10357 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 10358 } 10359 10360 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10361 return invalidParams 10362 } 10363 return nil 10364} 10365 10366// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. 10367func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetCategory(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { 10368 s.Category = &v 10369 return s 10370} 10371 10372// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 10373func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { 10374 s.Description = &v 10375 return s 10376} 10377 10378// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10379func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { 10380 s.Name = &v 10381 return s 10382} 10383 10384// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 10385func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetQueue(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { 10386 s.Queue = &v 10387 return s 10388} 10389 10390// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 10391func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { 10392 s.Settings = v 10393 return s 10394} 10395 10396// Successful update job template requests will return the new job template 10397// JSON. 10398type UpdateJobTemplateOutput struct { 10399 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10400 10401 // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use 10402 // to quickly create a job. 10403 JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` 10404} 10405 10406// String returns the string representation 10407func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) String() string { 10408 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10409} 10410 10411// GoString returns the string representation 10412func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string { 10413 return s.String() 10414} 10415 10416// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. 10417func (s *UpdateJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *UpdateJobTemplateOutput { 10418 s.JobTemplate = v 10419 return s 10420} 10421 10422// Modify a preset by sending a request with the preset name and any of the 10423// following that you wish to change: description, category, and transcoding 10424// settings. 10425type UpdatePresetInput struct { 10426 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10427 10428 // The new category for the preset, if you are changing it. 10429 Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` 10430 10431 // The new description for the preset, if you are changing it. 10432 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 10433 10434 // The name of the preset you are modifying. 10435 // 10436 // Name is a required field 10437 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 10438 10439 // Settings for preset 10440 Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` 10441} 10442 10443// String returns the string representation 10444func (s UpdatePresetInput) String() string { 10445 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10446} 10447 10448// GoString returns the string representation 10449func (s UpdatePresetInput) GoString() string { 10450 return s.String() 10451} 10452 10453// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10454func (s *UpdatePresetInput) Validate() error { 10455 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePresetInput"} 10456 if s.Name == nil { 10457 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 10458 } 10459 10460 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10461 return invalidParams 10462 } 10463 return nil 10464} 10465 10466// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. 10467func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetCategory(v string) *UpdatePresetInput { 10468 s.Category = &v 10469 return s 10470} 10471 10472// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 10473func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdatePresetInput { 10474 s.Description = &v 10475 return s 10476} 10477 10478// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10479func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetName(v string) *UpdatePresetInput { 10480 s.Name = &v 10481 return s 10482} 10483 10484// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 10485func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *UpdatePresetInput { 10486 s.Settings = v 10487 return s 10488} 10489 10490// Successful update preset requests will return the new preset JSON. 10491type UpdatePresetOutput struct { 10492 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10493 10494 // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that 10495 // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. 10496 Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` 10497} 10498 10499// String returns the string representation 10500func (s UpdatePresetOutput) String() string { 10501 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10502} 10503 10504// GoString returns the string representation 10505func (s UpdatePresetOutput) GoString() string { 10506 return s.String() 10507} 10508 10509// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value. 10510func (s *UpdatePresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *UpdatePresetOutput { 10511 s.Preset = v 10512 return s 10513} 10514 10515// Modify a queue by sending a request with the queue name and any of the following 10516// that you wish to change - description, status. You pause or activate a queue 10517// by changing its status between ACTIVE and PAUSED. 10518type UpdateQueueInput struct { 10519 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10520 10521 // The new description for the queue, if you are changing it. 10522 Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` 10523 10524 // The name of the queue you are modifying. 10525 // 10526 // Name is a required field 10527 Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 10528 10529 // Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue 10530 // will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until 10531 // they finish or error out. 10532 Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"QueueStatus"` 10533} 10534 10535// String returns the string representation 10536func (s UpdateQueueInput) String() string { 10537 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10538} 10539 10540// GoString returns the string representation 10541func (s UpdateQueueInput) GoString() string { 10542 return s.String() 10543} 10544 10545// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10546func (s *UpdateQueueInput) Validate() error { 10547 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateQueueInput"} 10548 if s.Name == nil { 10549 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 10550 } 10551 10552 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10553 return invalidParams 10554 } 10555 return nil 10556} 10557 10558// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 10559func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateQueueInput { 10560 s.Description = &v 10561 return s 10562} 10563 10564// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10565func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateQueueInput { 10566 s.Name = &v 10567 return s 10568} 10569 10570// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 10571func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetStatus(v string) *UpdateQueueInput { 10572 s.Status = &v 10573 return s 10574} 10575 10576// Successful update queue requests will return the new queue JSON. 10577type UpdateQueueOutput struct { 10578 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10579 10580 // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs 10581 // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues 10582 // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. 10583 Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` 10584} 10585 10586// String returns the string representation 10587func (s UpdateQueueOutput) String() string { 10588 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10589} 10590 10591// GoString returns the string representation 10592func (s UpdateQueueOutput) GoString() string { 10593 return s.String() 10594} 10595 10596// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. 10597func (s *UpdateQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *UpdateQueueOutput { 10598 s.Queue = v 10599 return s 10600} 10601 10602// Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains 10603// the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group 10604// vary depending on the value you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each 10605// codec enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following 10606// lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, 10607// H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, 10608// FrameCaptureSettings 10609type VideoCodecSettings struct { 10610 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10611 10612 // Type of video codec 10613 Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"VideoCodec"` 10614 10615 // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to 10616 // the value FRAME_CAPTURE. 10617 FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"` 10618 10619 // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to 10620 // the value H_264. 10621 H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"` 10622 10623 // Settings for H265 codec 10624 H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"` 10625 10626 // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to 10627 // the value MPEG2. 10628 Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings `locationName:"mpeg2Settings" type:"structure"` 10629 10630 // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to 10631 // the value PRORES. 10632 ProresSettings *ProresSettings `locationName:"proresSettings" type:"structure"` 10633} 10634 10635// String returns the string representation 10636func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string { 10637 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10638} 10639 10640// GoString returns the string representation 10641func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string { 10642 return s.String() 10643} 10644 10645// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 10646func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetCodec(v string) *VideoCodecSettings { 10647 s.Codec = &v 10648 return s 10649} 10650 10651// SetFrameCaptureSettings sets the FrameCaptureSettings field's value. 10652func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetFrameCaptureSettings(v *FrameCaptureSettings) *VideoCodecSettings { 10653 s.FrameCaptureSettings = v 10654 return s 10655} 10656 10657// SetH264Settings sets the H264Settings field's value. 10658func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings(v *H264Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 10659 s.H264Settings = v 10660 return s 10661} 10662 10663// SetH265Settings sets the H265Settings field's value. 10664func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH265Settings(v *H265Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 10665 s.H265Settings = v 10666 return s 10667} 10668 10669// SetMpeg2Settings sets the Mpeg2Settings field's value. 10670func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetMpeg2Settings(v *Mpeg2Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 10671 s.Mpeg2Settings = v 10672 return s 10673} 10674 10675// SetProresSettings sets the ProresSettings field's value. 10676func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetProresSettings(v *ProresSettings) *VideoCodecSettings { 10677 s.ProresSettings = v 10678 return s 10679} 10680 10681// Settings for video outputs 10682type VideoDescription struct { 10683 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10684 10685 // This setting only applies to H.264 and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling 10686 // (AfdSignaling) to whether there are AFD values in the output video data and 10687 // what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. 10688 // * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified 10689 // in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input 10690 // AFD scaler data. 10691 AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` 10692 10693 // Enable Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to enhance sharp edges in video output when 10694 // your input resolution is much larger than your output resolution. Default 10695 // is enabled. 10696 AntiAlias *string `locationName:"antiAlias" type:"string" enum:"AntiAlias"` 10697 10698 // Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains 10699 // the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group 10700 // vary depending on the value you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each 10701 // codec enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following 10702 // lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, 10703 // H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, 10704 // FrameCaptureSettings 10705 CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` 10706 10707 // Enable Insert color metadata (ColorMetadata) to include color metadata in 10708 // this output. This setting is enabled by default. 10709 ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"ColorMetadata"` 10710 10711 // Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect 10712 // ratio. Use Input cropping rectangle (Crop) to specify the video area the 10713 // service will include in the output. This will crop the input source, causing 10714 // video pixels to be removed on encode. Do not use this setting if you have 10715 // enabled Stretch to output (stretchToOutput) in your output settings. 10716 Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"` 10717 10718 // Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service 10719 // will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame 10720 // timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled 10721 // by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled. 10722 DropFrameTimecode *string `locationName:"dropFrameTimecode" type:"string" enum:"DropFrameTimecode"` 10723 10724 // Applies only if you set AFD Signaling(AfdSignaling) to Fixed (FIXED). Use 10725 // Fixed (FixedAfd) to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write 10726 // on all frames of this video output. 10727 FixedAfd *int64 `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"integer"` 10728 10729 // Use the Height (Height) setting to define the video resolution height for 10730 // this output. Specify in pixels. If you don't provide a value here, the service 10731 // will use the input height. 10732 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 10733 10734 // Use Position (Position) to point to a rectangle object to define your position. 10735 // This setting overrides any other aspect ratio. 10736 Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"` 10737 10738 // Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the 10739 // video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to 10740 // clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect 10741 // ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the 10742 // input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). 10743 // A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) 10744 // and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values 10745 // from this output. 10746 RespondToAfd *string `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"RespondToAfd"` 10747 10748 // Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect 10749 // ratio. Enable Stretch to output (StretchToOutput) to have the service stretch 10750 // your video image to fit. Leave this setting disabled to allow the service 10751 // to letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any positioning value 10752 // you specify elsewhere in the job. 10753 ScalingBehavior *string `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"ScalingBehavior"` 10754 10755 // Use Sharpness (Sharpness)setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. 10756 // This setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. 10757 // Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input 10758 // resolution, and if you set Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to ENABLED. 0 is the softest 10759 // setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for most content. 10760 Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"` 10761 10762 // Enable Timecode insertion to include timecode information in this output. 10763 // Do this in the API by setting (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to (PIC_TIMING_SEI). 10764 // To get timecodes to appear correctly in your output, also set up the timecode 10765 // configuration for your job in the input settings. Only enable Timecode insertion 10766 // when the input framerate is identical to output framerate. Disable this setting 10767 // to remove the timecode from the output. Default is disabled. 10768 TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"VideoTimecodeInsertion"` 10769 10770 // Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). 10771 // Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled 10772 // by default. 10773 VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor `locationName:"videoPreprocessors" type:"structure"` 10774 10775 // Use Width (Width) to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this 10776 // output. If you don't provide a value here, the service will use the input 10777 // width. 10778 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 10779} 10780 10781// String returns the string representation 10782func (s VideoDescription) String() string { 10783 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10784} 10785 10786// GoString returns the string representation 10787func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string { 10788 return s.String() 10789} 10790 10791// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. 10792func (s *VideoDescription) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *VideoDescription { 10793 s.AfdSignaling = &v 10794 return s 10795} 10796 10797// SetAntiAlias sets the AntiAlias field's value. 10798func (s *VideoDescription) SetAntiAlias(v string) *VideoDescription { 10799 s.AntiAlias = &v 10800 return s 10801} 10802 10803// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. 10804func (s *VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *VideoCodecSettings) *VideoDescription { 10805 s.CodecSettings = v 10806 return s 10807} 10808 10809// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. 10810func (s *VideoDescription) SetColorMetadata(v string) *VideoDescription { 10811 s.ColorMetadata = &v 10812 return s 10813} 10814 10815// SetCrop sets the Crop field's value. 10816func (s *VideoDescription) SetCrop(v *Rectangle) *VideoDescription { 10817 s.Crop = v 10818 return s 10819} 10820 10821// SetDropFrameTimecode sets the DropFrameTimecode field's value. 10822func (s *VideoDescription) SetDropFrameTimecode(v string) *VideoDescription { 10823 s.DropFrameTimecode = &v 10824 return s 10825} 10826 10827// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. 10828func (s *VideoDescription) SetFixedAfd(v int64) *VideoDescription { 10829 s.FixedAfd = &v 10830 return s 10831} 10832 10833// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 10834func (s *VideoDescription) SetHeight(v int64) *VideoDescription { 10835 s.Height = &v 10836 return s 10837} 10838 10839// SetPosition sets the Position field's value. 10840func (s *VideoDescription) SetPosition(v *Rectangle) *VideoDescription { 10841 s.Position = v 10842 return s 10843} 10844 10845// SetRespondToAfd sets the RespondToAfd field's value. 10846func (s *VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd(v string) *VideoDescription { 10847 s.RespondToAfd = &v 10848 return s 10849} 10850 10851// SetScalingBehavior sets the ScalingBehavior field's value. 10852func (s *VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior(v string) *VideoDescription { 10853 s.ScalingBehavior = &v 10854 return s 10855} 10856 10857// SetSharpness sets the Sharpness field's value. 10858func (s *VideoDescription) SetSharpness(v int64) *VideoDescription { 10859 s.Sharpness = &v 10860 return s 10861} 10862 10863// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. 10864func (s *VideoDescription) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *VideoDescription { 10865 s.TimecodeInsertion = &v 10866 return s 10867} 10868 10869// SetVideoPreprocessors sets the VideoPreprocessors field's value. 10870func (s *VideoDescription) SetVideoPreprocessors(v *VideoPreprocessor) *VideoDescription { 10871 s.VideoPreprocessors = v 10872 return s 10873} 10874 10875// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 10876func (s *VideoDescription) SetWidth(v int64) *VideoDescription { 10877 s.Width = &v 10878 return s 10879} 10880 10881// Contains details about the output's video stream 10882type VideoDetail struct { 10883 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10884 10885 // Height in pixels for the output 10886 HeightInPx *int64 `locationName:"heightInPx" type:"integer"` 10887 10888 // Width in pixels for the output 10889 WidthInPx *int64 `locationName:"widthInPx" type:"integer"` 10890} 10891 10892// String returns the string representation 10893func (s VideoDetail) String() string { 10894 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10895} 10896 10897// GoString returns the string representation 10898func (s VideoDetail) GoString() string { 10899 return s.String() 10900} 10901 10902// SetHeightInPx sets the HeightInPx field's value. 10903func (s *VideoDetail) SetHeightInPx(v int64) *VideoDetail { 10904 s.HeightInPx = &v 10905 return s 10906} 10907 10908// SetWidthInPx sets the WidthInPx field's value. 10909func (s *VideoDetail) SetWidthInPx(v int64) *VideoDetail { 10910 s.WidthInPx = &v 10911 return s 10912} 10913 10914// Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). 10915// Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled 10916// by default. 10917type VideoPreprocessor struct { 10918 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10919 10920 // Enable the Color corrector (ColorCorrector) feature if necessary. Enable 10921 // or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled 10922 // by default. 10923 ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector `locationName:"colorCorrector" type:"structure"` 10924 10925 // Use Deinterlacer (Deinterlacer) to produce smoother motion and a clearer 10926 // picture. 10927 Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer `locationName:"deinterlacer" type:"structure"` 10928 10929 // Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay 10930 // on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. 10931 // This setting is disabled by default. 10932 ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"` 10933 10934 // Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your 10935 // video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output 10936 // individually. This setting is disabled by default. 10937 NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer `locationName:"noiseReducer" type:"structure"` 10938 10939 // Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified 10940 // prefix into the output. 10941 TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin `locationName:"timecodeBurnin" type:"structure"` 10942} 10943 10944// String returns the string representation 10945func (s VideoPreprocessor) String() string { 10946 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10947} 10948 10949// GoString returns the string representation 10950func (s VideoPreprocessor) GoString() string { 10951 return s.String() 10952} 10953 10954// SetColorCorrector sets the ColorCorrector field's value. 10955func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetColorCorrector(v *ColorCorrector) *VideoPreprocessor { 10956 s.ColorCorrector = v 10957 return s 10958} 10959 10960// SetDeinterlacer sets the Deinterlacer field's value. 10961func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetDeinterlacer(v *Deinterlacer) *VideoPreprocessor { 10962 s.Deinterlacer = v 10963 return s 10964} 10965 10966// SetImageInserter sets the ImageInserter field's value. 10967func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetImageInserter(v *ImageInserter) *VideoPreprocessor { 10968 s.ImageInserter = v 10969 return s 10970} 10971 10972// SetNoiseReducer sets the NoiseReducer field's value. 10973func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetNoiseReducer(v *NoiseReducer) *VideoPreprocessor { 10974 s.NoiseReducer = v 10975 return s 10976} 10977 10978// SetTimecodeBurnin sets the TimecodeBurnin field's value. 10979func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetTimecodeBurnin(v *TimecodeBurnin) *VideoPreprocessor { 10980 s.TimecodeBurnin = v 10981 return s 10982} 10983 10984// Selector for video. 10985type VideoSelector struct { 10986 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10987 10988 // Specifies the colorspace of an input. This setting works in tandem with "Color 10989 // Corrector":#color_corrector > color_space_conversion to determine if any 10990 // conversion will be performed. 10991 ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpace"` 10992 10993 // There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job configuration. 10994 // This enum controls which takes precedence. FORCE: System will use color metadata 10995 // supplied by user, if any. If the user does not supply color metadata the 10996 // system will use data from the source. FALLBACK: System will use color metadata 10997 // from the source. If source has no color metadata, the system will use user-supplied 10998 // color metadata values if available. 10999 ColorSpaceUsage *string `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpaceUsage"` 11000 11001 // Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for 11002 // HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided 11003 // by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 11004 // in CIE1931 color coordinate. 11005 Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"` 11006 11007 // Use PID (Pid) to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this 11008 // value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal 11009 // value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is 11010 // an identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container. 11011 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` 11012 11013 // Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. 11014 // Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. 11015 ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` 11016} 11017 11018// String returns the string representation 11019func (s VideoSelector) String() string { 11020 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11021} 11022 11023// GoString returns the string representation 11024func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string { 11025 return s.String() 11026} 11027 11028// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value. 11029func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector { 11030 s.ColorSpace = &v 11031 return s 11032} 11033 11034// SetColorSpaceUsage sets the ColorSpaceUsage field's value. 11035func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage(v string) *VideoSelector { 11036 s.ColorSpaceUsage = &v 11037 return s 11038} 11039 11040// SetHdr10Metadata sets the Hdr10Metadata field's value. 11041func (s *VideoSelector) SetHdr10Metadata(v *Hdr10Metadata) *VideoSelector { 11042 s.Hdr10Metadata = v 11043 return s 11044} 11045 11046// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 11047func (s *VideoSelector) SetPid(v int64) *VideoSelector { 11048 s.Pid = &v 11049 return s 11050} 11051 11052// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. 11053func (s *VideoSelector) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *VideoSelector { 11054 s.ProgramNumber = &v 11055 return s 11056} 11057 11058// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to 11059// the value WAV. 11060type WavSettings struct { 11061 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11062 11063 // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding 11064 // quality for this audio track. 11065 BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"integer"` 11066 11067 // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. 11068 // With WAV, valid values 1, 2, 4, and 8. In the console, these values are Mono, 11069 // Stereo, 4-Channel, and 8-Channel, respectively. 11070 Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` 11071 11072 // Sample rate in Hz. 11073 SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` 11074} 11075 11076// String returns the string representation 11077func (s WavSettings) String() string { 11078 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11079} 11080 11081// GoString returns the string representation 11082func (s WavSettings) GoString() string { 11083 return s.String() 11084} 11085 11086// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value. 11087func (s *WavSettings) SetBitDepth(v int64) *WavSettings { 11088 s.BitDepth = &v 11089 return s 11090} 11091 11092// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. 11093func (s *WavSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *WavSettings { 11094 s.Channels = &v 11095 return s 11096} 11097 11098// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 11099func (s *WavSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *WavSettings { 11100 s.SampleRate = &v 11101 return s 11102} 11103 11104// Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio 11105// + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be 11106// set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster 11107// mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed 11108// audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, 11109// the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. 11110// Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description 11111// (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType 11112// and FollowInputAudioType. 11113const ( 11114 // AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum value 11115 AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD" 11116 11117 // AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal is a AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum value 11118 AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal = "NORMAL" 11119) 11120 11121// AAC Profile. 11122const ( 11123 // AacCodecProfileLc is a AacCodecProfile enum value 11124 AacCodecProfileLc = "LC" 11125 11126 // AacCodecProfileHev1 is a AacCodecProfile enum value 11127 AacCodecProfileHev1 = "HEV1" 11128 11129 // AacCodecProfileHev2 is a AacCodecProfile enum value 11130 AacCodecProfileHev2 = "HEV2" 11131) 11132 11133// Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values 11134// depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver 11135// Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits 11136// a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in 11137// the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E. 11138const ( 11139 // AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value 11140 AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX" 11141 11142 // AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value 11143 AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 11144 11145 // AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value 11146 AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" 11147 11148 // AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value 11149 AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 11150 11151 // AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value 11152 AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1" 11153) 11154 11155// Rate Control Mode. 11156const ( 11157 // AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value 11158 AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 11159 11160 // AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value 11161 AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 11162) 11163 11164// Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, 11165// you must choose "No container" for the output container. 11166const ( 11167 // AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value 11168 AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS" 11169 11170 // AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value 11171 AacRawFormatNone = "NONE" 11172) 11173 11174// Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream 11175// containers. 11176const ( 11177 // AacSpecificationMpeg2 is a AacSpecification enum value 11178 AacSpecificationMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 11179 11180 // AacSpecificationMpeg4 is a AacSpecification enum value 11181 AacSpecificationMpeg4 = "MPEG4" 11182) 11183 11184// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR. 11185const ( 11186 // AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value 11187 AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW" 11188 11189 // AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value 11190 AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW" 11191 11192 // AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value 11193 AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH" 11194 11195 // AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value 11196 AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH" 11197) 11198 11199// Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC 11200// A/52-2012 for background on these values. 11201const ( 11202 // Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 11203 Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" 11204 11205 // Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 11206 Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" 11207 11208 // Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 11209 Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE" 11210 11211 // Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 11212 Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" 11213 11214 // Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 11215 Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 11216 11217 // Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 11218 Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS" 11219 11220 // Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 11221 Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" 11222 11223 // Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 11224 Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER" 11225) 11226 11227// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. 11228const ( 11229 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 11230 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 11231 11232 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 11233 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" 11234 11235 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 11236 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 11237 11238 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 11239 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE" 11240) 11241 11242// If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the 11243// output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. 11244const ( 11245 // Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum value 11246 Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 11247 11248 // Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum value 11249 Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone = "NONE" 11250) 11251 11252// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only 11253// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. 11254const ( 11255 // Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value 11256 Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 11257 11258 // Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value 11259 Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 11260) 11261 11262// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, 11263// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 11264// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 11265const ( 11266 // Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value 11267 Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 11268 11269 // Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value 11270 Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 11271) 11272 11273// This setting only applies to H.264 and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling 11274// (AfdSignaling) to whether there are AFD values in the output video data and 11275// what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. 11276// * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified 11277// in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input 11278// AFD scaler data. 11279const ( 11280 // AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value 11281 AfdSignalingNone = "NONE" 11282 11283 // AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value 11284 AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO" 11285 11286 // AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value 11287 AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED" 11288) 11289 11290// Enable Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to enhance sharp edges in video output when 11291// your input resolution is much larger than your output resolution. Default 11292// is enabled. 11293const ( 11294 // AntiAliasDisabled is a AntiAlias enum value 11295 AntiAliasDisabled = "DISABLED" 11296 11297 // AntiAliasEnabled is a AntiAlias enum value 11298 AntiAliasEnabled = "ENABLED" 11299) 11300 11301// Type of Audio codec. 11302const ( 11303 // AudioCodecAac is a AudioCodec enum value 11304 AudioCodecAac = "AAC" 11305 11306 // AudioCodecMp2 is a AudioCodec enum value 11307 AudioCodecMp2 = "MP2" 11308 11309 // AudioCodecWav is a AudioCodec enum value 11310 AudioCodecWav = "WAV" 11311 11312 // AudioCodecAiff is a AudioCodec enum value 11313 AudioCodecAiff = "AIFF" 11314 11315 // AudioCodecAc3 is a AudioCodec enum value 11316 AudioCodecAc3 = "AC3" 11317 11318 // AudioCodecEac3 is a AudioCodec enum value 11319 AudioCodecEac3 = "EAC3" 11320 11321 // AudioCodecPassthrough is a AudioCodec enum value 11322 AudioCodecPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 11323) 11324 11325// When an "Audio Description":#audio_description specifies an AudioSelector 11326// or AudioSelectorGroup for which no matching source is found in the input, 11327// then the audio selector marked as DEFAULT will be used. If none are marked 11328// as default, silence will be inserted for the duration of the input. 11329const ( 11330 // AudioDefaultSelectionDefault is a AudioDefaultSelection enum value 11331 AudioDefaultSelectionDefault = "DEFAULT" 11332 11333 // AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault is a AudioDefaultSelection enum value 11334 AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault = "NOT_DEFAULT" 11335) 11336 11337// Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output 11338// to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified 11339// for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT 11340// is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. 11341const ( 11342 // AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioLanguageCodeControl enum value 11343 AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 11344 11345 // AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioLanguageCodeControl enum value 11346 AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 11347) 11348 11349// Audio normalization algorithm to use. 1770-1 conforms to the CALM Act specification, 11350// 1770-2 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. 11351const ( 11352 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value 11353 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 = "ITU_BS_1770_1" 11354 11355 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value 11356 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 = "ITU_BS_1770_2" 11357) 11358 11359// When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If 11360// disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. 11361const ( 11362 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value 11363 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO" 11364 11365 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value 11366 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly = "MEASURE_ONLY" 11367) 11368 11369// If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file. 11370const ( 11371 // AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog is a AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum value 11372 AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog = "LOG" 11373 11374 // AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog is a AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum value 11375 AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog = "DONT_LOG" 11376) 11377 11378// If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio 11379// track loudness. 11380const ( 11381 // AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak is a AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum value 11382 AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak = "TRUE_PEAK" 11383 11384 // AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone is a AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum value 11385 AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone = "NONE" 11386) 11387 11388// Specifies the type of the audio selector. 11389const ( 11390 // AudioSelectorTypePid is a AudioSelectorType enum value 11391 AudioSelectorTypePid = "PID" 11392 11393 // AudioSelectorTypeTrack is a AudioSelectorType enum value 11394 AudioSelectorTypeTrack = "TRACK" 11395 11396 // AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode is a AudioSelectorType enum value 11397 AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode = "LANGUAGE_CODE" 11398) 11399 11400// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then 11401// that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 11402// 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise 11403// the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and 11404// audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD. 11405const ( 11406 // AudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioTypeControl enum value 11407 AudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 11408 11409 // AudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioTypeControl enum value 11410 AudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 11411) 11412 11413// If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to 11414// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, 11415// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. 11416// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 11417// the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 11418// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 11419// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 11420// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 11421const ( 11422 // BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value 11423 BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" 11424 11425 // BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value 11426 BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" 11427) 11428 11429// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and 11430// DVB-Sub font settings must match. 11431const ( 11432 // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value 11433 BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" 11434 11435 // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value 11436 BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" 11437 11438 // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value 11439 BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" 11440) 11441 11442// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 11443// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 11444// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 11445// settings must match. 11446const ( 11447 // BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value 11448 BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite = "WHITE" 11449 11450 // BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value 11451 BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack = "BLACK" 11452 11453 // BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value 11454 BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" 11455 11456 // BurninSubtitleFontColorRed is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value 11457 BurninSubtitleFontColorRed = "RED" 11458 11459 // BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value 11460 BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen = "GREEN" 11461 11462 // BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value 11463 BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue = "BLUE" 11464) 11465 11466// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 11467// that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 11468// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 11469// must match. 11470const ( 11471 // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11472 BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" 11473 11474 // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11475 BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" 11476 11477 // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11478 BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" 11479 11480 // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11481 BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed = "RED" 11482 11483 // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11484 BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" 11485 11486 // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11487 BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" 11488) 11489 11490// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub 11491// font settings must match. 11492const ( 11493 // BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value 11494 BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone = "NONE" 11495 11496 // BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value 11497 BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" 11498 11499 // BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value 11500 BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" 11501) 11502 11503// Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used 11504// to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs 11505// and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 11506const ( 11507 // BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value 11508 BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid = "FIXED_GRID" 11509 11510 // BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value 11511 BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL" 11512) 11513 11514// Type of Caption output, including Burn-In, Embedded, SCC, SRT, TTML, WebVTT, 11515// DVB-Sub, Teletext. 11516const ( 11517 // CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn is a CaptionDestinationType enum value 11518 CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn = "BURN_IN" 11519 11520 // CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub is a CaptionDestinationType enum value 11521 CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub = "DVB_SUB" 11522 11523 // CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded is a CaptionDestinationType enum value 11524 CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 11525 11526 // CaptionDestinationTypeScc is a CaptionDestinationType enum value 11527 CaptionDestinationTypeScc = "SCC" 11528 11529 // CaptionDestinationTypeSrt is a CaptionDestinationType enum value 11530 CaptionDestinationTypeSrt = "SRT" 11531 11532 // CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext is a CaptionDestinationType enum value 11533 CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext = "TELETEXT" 11534 11535 // CaptionDestinationTypeTtml is a CaptionDestinationType enum value 11536 CaptionDestinationTypeTtml = "TTML" 11537 11538 // CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt is a CaptionDestinationType enum value 11539 CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt = "WEBVTT" 11540) 11541 11542// Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The 11543// service cannot auto-detect caption format. 11544const ( 11545 // CaptionSourceTypeAncillary is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11546 CaptionSourceTypeAncillary = "ANCILLARY" 11547 11548 // CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11549 CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub = "DVB_SUB" 11550 11551 // CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11552 CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 11553 11554 // CaptionSourceTypeScc is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11555 CaptionSourceTypeScc = "SCC" 11556 11557 // CaptionSourceTypeTtml is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11558 CaptionSourceTypeTtml = "TTML" 11559 11560 // CaptionSourceTypeStl is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11561 CaptionSourceTypeStl = "STL" 11562 11563 // CaptionSourceTypeSrt is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11564 CaptionSourceTypeSrt = "SRT" 11565 11566 // CaptionSourceTypeTeletext is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11567 CaptionSourceTypeTeletext = "TELETEXT" 11568 11569 // CaptionSourceTypeNullSource is a CaptionSourceType enum value 11570 CaptionSourceTypeNullSource = "NULL_SOURCE" 11571) 11572 11573// Enable Insert color metadata (ColorMetadata) to include color metadata in 11574// this output. This setting is enabled by default. 11575const ( 11576 // ColorMetadataIgnore is a ColorMetadata enum value 11577 ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" 11578 11579 // ColorMetadataInsert is a ColorMetadata enum value 11580 ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" 11581) 11582 11583// Specifies the colorspace of an input. This setting works in tandem with "Color 11584// Corrector":#color_corrector > color_space_conversion to determine if any 11585// conversion will be performed. 11586const ( 11587 // ColorSpaceFollow is a ColorSpace enum value 11588 ColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW" 11589 11590 // ColorSpaceRec601 is a ColorSpace enum value 11591 ColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601" 11592 11593 // ColorSpaceRec709 is a ColorSpace enum value 11594 ColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709" 11595 11596 // ColorSpaceHdr10 is a ColorSpace enum value 11597 ColorSpaceHdr10 = "HDR10" 11598 11599 // ColorSpaceHlg2020 is a ColorSpace enum value 11600 ColorSpaceHlg2020 = "HLG_2020" 11601) 11602 11603// Determines if colorspace conversion will be performed. If set to _None_, 11604// no conversion will be performed. If _Force 601_ or _Force 709_ are selected, 11605// conversion will be performed for inputs with differing colorspaces. An input's 11606// colorspace can be specified explicitly in the "Video Selector":#inputs-video_selector 11607// if necessary. 11608const ( 11609 // ColorSpaceConversionNone is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value 11610 ColorSpaceConversionNone = "NONE" 11611 11612 // ColorSpaceConversionForce601 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value 11613 ColorSpaceConversionForce601 = "FORCE_601" 11614 11615 // ColorSpaceConversionForce709 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value 11616 ColorSpaceConversionForce709 = "FORCE_709" 11617 11618 // ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value 11619 ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 = "FORCE_HDR10" 11620 11621 // ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value 11622 ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 = "FORCE_HLG_2020" 11623) 11624 11625// There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job configuration. 11626// This enum controls which takes precedence. FORCE: System will use color metadata 11627// supplied by user, if any. If the user does not supply color metadata the 11628// system will use data from the source. FALLBACK: System will use color metadata 11629// from the source. If source has no color metadata, the system will use user-supplied 11630// color metadata values if available. 11631const ( 11632 // ColorSpaceUsageForce is a ColorSpaceUsage enum value 11633 ColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE" 11634 11635 // ColorSpaceUsageFallback is a ColorSpaceUsage enum value 11636 ColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK" 11637) 11638 11639// Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. 11640// If not specified, the default object will be created. 11641const ( 11642 // ContainerTypeF4v is a ContainerType enum value 11643 ContainerTypeF4v = "F4V" 11644 11645 // ContainerTypeIsmv is a ContainerType enum value 11646 ContainerTypeIsmv = "ISMV" 11647 11648 // ContainerTypeM2ts is a ContainerType enum value 11649 ContainerTypeM2ts = "M2TS" 11650 11651 // ContainerTypeM3u8 is a ContainerType enum value 11652 ContainerTypeM3u8 = "M3U8" 11653 11654 // ContainerTypeMov is a ContainerType enum value 11655 ContainerTypeMov = "MOV" 11656 11657 // ContainerTypeMp4 is a ContainerType enum value 11658 ContainerTypeMp4 = "MP4" 11659 11660 // ContainerTypeMpd is a ContainerType enum value 11661 ContainerTypeMpd = "MPD" 11662 11663 // ContainerTypeMxf is a ContainerType enum value 11664 ContainerTypeMxf = "MXF" 11665 11666 // ContainerTypeRaw is a ContainerType enum value 11667 ContainerTypeRaw = "RAW" 11668) 11669 11670// Supports HbbTV specification as indicated 11671const ( 11672 // DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 is a DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum value 11673 DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 = "HBBTV_1_5" 11674 11675 // DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone is a DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum value 11676 DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone = "NONE" 11677) 11678 11679// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally 11680// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, 11681// separate segment files will be created. 11682const ( 11683 // DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile is a DashIsoSegmentControl enum value 11684 DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE" 11685 11686 // DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a DashIsoSegmentControl enum value 11687 DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES" 11688) 11689 11690// Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE) 11691// or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces 11692// sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) 11693// OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling 11694// headline at the bottom of the frame. 11695const ( 11696 // DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value 11697 DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" 11698 11699 // DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value 11700 DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER" 11701 11702 // DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value 11703 DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend = "BLEND" 11704 11705 // DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value 11706 DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker = "BLEND_TICKER" 11707) 11708 11709// - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames 11710// that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that 11711// are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer 11712// converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged 11713// as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the 11714// metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. 11715// Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive 11716// into progressive will probably result in lower quality video. 11717const ( 11718 // DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames is a DeinterlacerControl enum value 11719 DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES" 11720 11721 // DeinterlacerControlNormal is a DeinterlacerControl enum value 11722 DeinterlacerControlNormal = "NORMAL" 11723) 11724 11725// Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. 11726// Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. 11727// - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. 11728// - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive. 11729const ( 11730 // DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace is a DeinterlacerMode enum value 11731 DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace = "DEINTERLACE" 11732 11733 // DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine is a DeinterlacerMode enum value 11734 DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine = "INVERSE_TELECINE" 11735 11736 // DeinterlacerModeAdaptive is a DeinterlacerMode enum value 11737 DeinterlacerModeAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE" 11738) 11739 11740// Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service 11741// will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame 11742// timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled 11743// by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled. 11744const ( 11745 // DropFrameTimecodeDisabled is a DropFrameTimecode enum value 11746 DropFrameTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED" 11747 11748 // DropFrameTimecodeEnabled is a DropFrameTimecode enum value 11749 DropFrameTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED" 11750) 11751 11752// If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to 11753// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, 11754// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. 11755// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 11756// the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 11757// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 11758// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 11759// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 11760const ( 11761 // DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value 11762 DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" 11763 11764 // DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value 11765 DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" 11766) 11767 11768// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and 11769// DVB-Sub font settings must match. 11770const ( 11771 // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value 11772 DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" 11773 11774 // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value 11775 DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" 11776 11777 // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value 11778 DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" 11779) 11780 11781// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 11782// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 11783// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 11784// settings must match. 11785const ( 11786 // DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value 11787 DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite = "WHITE" 11788 11789 // DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value 11790 DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack = "BLACK" 11791 11792 // DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value 11793 DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" 11794 11795 // DvbSubtitleFontColorRed is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value 11796 DvbSubtitleFontColorRed = "RED" 11797 11798 // DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value 11799 DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen = "GREEN" 11800 11801 // DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value 11802 DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue = "BLUE" 11803) 11804 11805// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 11806// that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 11807// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 11808// must match. 11809const ( 11810 // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11811 DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" 11812 11813 // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11814 DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" 11815 11816 // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11817 DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" 11818 11819 // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11820 DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed = "RED" 11821 11822 // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11823 DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" 11824 11825 // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value 11826 DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" 11827) 11828 11829// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub 11830// font settings must match. 11831const ( 11832 // DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value 11833 DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone = "NONE" 11834 11835 // DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value 11836 DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" 11837 11838 // DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value 11839 DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" 11840) 11841 11842// Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used 11843// to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs 11844// and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 11845const ( 11846 // DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value 11847 DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid = "FIXED_GRID" 11848 11849 // DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value 11850 DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL" 11851) 11852 11853// If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. 11854// Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 11855const ( 11856 // Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value 11857 Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB" 11858 11859 // Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value 11860 Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE" 11861) 11862 11863// Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See 11864// ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. 11865const ( 11866 // Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 11867 Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" 11868 11869 // Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 11870 Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" 11871 11872 // Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 11873 Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" 11874 11875 // Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 11876 Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 11877 11878 // Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 11879 Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" 11880) 11881 11882// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. 11883const ( 11884 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 11885 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 11886 11887 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 11888 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 11889 11890 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 11891 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2" 11892) 11893 11894// Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. 11895const ( 11896 // Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value 11897 Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 11898 11899 // Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value 11900 Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 11901) 11902 11903// Enables Dynamic Range Compression that restricts the absolute peak level 11904// for a signal. 11905const ( 11906 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value 11907 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone = "NONE" 11908 11909 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value 11910 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 11911 11912 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value 11913 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" 11914 11915 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value 11916 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" 11917 11918 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value 11919 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" 11920 11921 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value 11922 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech = "SPEECH" 11923) 11924 11925// Enables Heavy Dynamic Range Compression, ensures that the instantaneous signal 11926// peaks do not exceed specified levels. 11927const ( 11928 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value 11929 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone = "NONE" 11930 11931 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value 11932 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 11933 11934 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value 11935 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" 11936 11937 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value 11938 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" 11939 11940 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value 11941 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" 11942 11943 // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value 11944 Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech = "SPEECH" 11945) 11946 11947// When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled 11948const ( 11949 // Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value 11950 Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE" 11951 11952 // Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value 11953 Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE" 11954) 11955 11956// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only 11957// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. 11958const ( 11959 // Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value 11960 Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 11961 11962 // Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value 11963 Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 11964) 11965 11966// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, 11967// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 11968// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 11969const ( 11970 // Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value 11971 Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 11972 11973 // Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value 11974 Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 11975) 11976 11977// When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is 11978// present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. 11979// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent 11980// DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. 11981const ( 11982 // Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value 11983 Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE" 11984 11985 // Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value 11986 Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 11987) 11988 11989// Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only 11990// used for 3/2 coding mode. 11991const ( 11992 // Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value 11993 Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES" 11994 11995 // Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value 11996 Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT" 11997) 11998 11999// Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 12000const ( 12001 // Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 12002 Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 12003 12004 // Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 12005 Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO" 12006 12007 // Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 12008 Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT" 12009 12010 // Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 12011 Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2" 12012) 12013 12014// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel 12015// is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. 12016const ( 12017 // Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 12018 Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 12019 12020 // Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 12021 Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED" 12022 12023 // Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 12024 Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 12025) 12026 12027// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into 12028// the two channels. 12029const ( 12030 // Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 12031 Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 12032 12033 // Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 12034 Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED" 12035 12036 // Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 12037 Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 12038) 12039 12040// When set to UPCONVERT, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility 12041// bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data 12042// present in the source content will be discarded. 12043const ( 12044 // EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value 12045 EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" 12046 12047 // EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value 12048 EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" 12049) 12050 12051// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning 12052// of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed 12053// normally at the end. 12054const ( 12055 // F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload is a F4vMoovPlacement enum value 12056 F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD" 12057 12058 // F4vMoovPlacementNormal is a F4vMoovPlacement enum value 12059 F4vMoovPlacementNormal = "NORMAL" 12060) 12061 12062// If set to UPCONVERT, 608 caption data is both passed through via the "608 12063// compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 12064// 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded. 12065const ( 12066 // FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert is a FileSourceConvert608To708 enum value 12067 FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" 12068 12069 // FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled is a FileSourceConvert608To708 enum value 12070 FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" 12071) 12072 12073// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 12074// quality. 12075const ( 12076 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12077 H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 12078 12079 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12080 H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 12081 12082 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12083 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 12084 12085 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12086 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 12087 12088 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12089 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" 12090 12091 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12092 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" 12093) 12094 12095// H.264 Level. 12096const ( 12097 // H264CodecLevelAuto is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12098 H264CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO" 12099 12100 // H264CodecLevelLevel1 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12101 H264CodecLevelLevel1 = "LEVEL_1" 12102 12103 // H264CodecLevelLevel11 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12104 H264CodecLevelLevel11 = "LEVEL_1_1" 12105 12106 // H264CodecLevelLevel12 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12107 H264CodecLevelLevel12 = "LEVEL_1_2" 12108 12109 // H264CodecLevelLevel13 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12110 H264CodecLevelLevel13 = "LEVEL_1_3" 12111 12112 // H264CodecLevelLevel2 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12113 H264CodecLevelLevel2 = "LEVEL_2" 12114 12115 // H264CodecLevelLevel21 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12116 H264CodecLevelLevel21 = "LEVEL_2_1" 12117 12118 // H264CodecLevelLevel22 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12119 H264CodecLevelLevel22 = "LEVEL_2_2" 12120 12121 // H264CodecLevelLevel3 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12122 H264CodecLevelLevel3 = "LEVEL_3" 12123 12124 // H264CodecLevelLevel31 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12125 H264CodecLevelLevel31 = "LEVEL_3_1" 12126 12127 // H264CodecLevelLevel32 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12128 H264CodecLevelLevel32 = "LEVEL_3_2" 12129 12130 // H264CodecLevelLevel4 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12131 H264CodecLevelLevel4 = "LEVEL_4" 12132 12133 // H264CodecLevelLevel41 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12134 H264CodecLevelLevel41 = "LEVEL_4_1" 12135 12136 // H264CodecLevelLevel42 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12137 H264CodecLevelLevel42 = "LEVEL_4_2" 12138 12139 // H264CodecLevelLevel5 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12140 H264CodecLevelLevel5 = "LEVEL_5" 12141 12142 // H264CodecLevelLevel51 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12143 H264CodecLevelLevel51 = "LEVEL_5_1" 12144 12145 // H264CodecLevelLevel52 is a H264CodecLevel enum value 12146 H264CodecLevelLevel52 = "LEVEL_5_2" 12147) 12148 12149// H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the 12150// AVC-I License. 12151const ( 12152 // H264CodecProfileBaseline is a H264CodecProfile enum value 12153 H264CodecProfileBaseline = "BASELINE" 12154 12155 // H264CodecProfileHigh is a H264CodecProfile enum value 12156 H264CodecProfileHigh = "HIGH" 12157 12158 // H264CodecProfileHigh10bit is a H264CodecProfile enum value 12159 H264CodecProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT" 12160 12161 // H264CodecProfileHigh422 is a H264CodecProfile enum value 12162 H264CodecProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422" 12163 12164 // H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit is a H264CodecProfile enum value 12165 H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT" 12166 12167 // H264CodecProfileMain is a H264CodecProfile enum value 12168 H264CodecProfileMain = "MAIN" 12169) 12170 12171// Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC. 12172const ( 12173 // H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value 12174 H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC" 12175 12176 // H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value 12177 H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC" 12178) 12179 12180// Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. 12181const ( 12182 // H264FieldEncodingPaff is a H264FieldEncoding enum value 12183 H264FieldEncodingPaff = "PAFF" 12184 12185 // H264FieldEncodingForceField is a H264FieldEncoding enum value 12186 H264FieldEncodingForceField = "FORCE_FIELD" 12187) 12188 12189// Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. 12190const ( 12191 // H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12192 H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" 12193 12194 // H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12195 H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" 12196) 12197 12198// Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want 12199// the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this 12200// by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. 12201const ( 12202 // H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value 12203 H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 12204 12205 // H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value 12206 H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 12207) 12208 12209// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. 12210const ( 12211 // H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value 12212 H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP" 12213 12214 // H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value 12215 H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" 12216) 12217 12218// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 12219// 1. 12220const ( 12221 // H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value 12222 H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED" 12223 12224 // H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value 12225 H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED" 12226) 12227 12228// Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds 12229// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 12230const ( 12231 // H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value 12232 H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 12233 12234 // H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value 12235 H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 12236) 12237 12238// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. 12239// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce 12240// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top 12241// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default 12242// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, 12243// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the 12244// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow 12245// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and 12246// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be 12247// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending 12248// on which of the Follow options you chose. 12249const ( 12250 // H264InterlaceModeProgressive is a H264InterlaceMode enum value 12251 H264InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 12252 12253 // H264InterlaceModeTopField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value 12254 H264InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD" 12255 12256 // H264InterlaceModeBottomField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value 12257 H264InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD" 12258 12259 // H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value 12260 H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" 12261 12262 // H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value 12263 H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" 12264) 12265 12266// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the 12267// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing 12268// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 12269const ( 12270 // H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value 12271 H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 12272 12273 // H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value 12274 H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 12275) 12276 12277// Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to 12278// use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass 12279// video encoding. 12280const ( 12281 // H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value 12282 H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS" 12283 12284 // H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value 12285 H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ" 12286 12287 // H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value 12288 H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" 12289) 12290 12291// Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) 12292// does not write HRD parameters. 12293const ( 12294 // H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 12295 H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 12296 12297 // H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 12298 H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 12299) 12300 12301// Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated. 12302const ( 12303 // H264RepeatPpsDisabled is a H264RepeatPps enum value 12304 H264RepeatPpsDisabled = "DISABLED" 12305 12306 // H264RepeatPpsEnabled is a H264RepeatPps enum value 12307 H264RepeatPpsEnabled = "ENABLED" 12308) 12309 12310// Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). 12311const ( 12312 // H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value 12313 H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 12314 12315 // H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value 12316 H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 12317) 12318 12319// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled 12320// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 12321const ( 12322 // H264SlowPalDisabled is a H264SlowPal enum value 12323 H264SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED" 12324 12325 // H264SlowPalEnabled is a H264SlowPal enum value 12326 H264SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED" 12327) 12328 12329// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content 12330// complexity. 12331const ( 12332 // H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12333 H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" 12334 12335 // H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12336 H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" 12337) 12338 12339// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. 12340const ( 12341 // H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value 12342 H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT" 12343 12344 // H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value 12345 H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027" 12346) 12347 12348// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) 12349// field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors 12350// > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced 12351// Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, 12352// Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output 12353// from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output 12354// to 29.97i. 12355const ( 12356 // H264TelecineNone is a H264Telecine enum value 12357 H264TelecineNone = "NONE" 12358 12359 // H264TelecineSoft is a H264Telecine enum value 12360 H264TelecineSoft = "SOFT" 12361 12362 // H264TelecineHard is a H264Telecine enum value 12363 H264TelecineHard = "HARD" 12364) 12365 12366// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content 12367// complexity. 12368const ( 12369 // H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12370 H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" 12371 12372 // H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12373 H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" 12374) 12375 12376// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. 12377const ( 12378 // H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled is a H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value 12379 H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED" 12380 12381 // H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled is a H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value 12382 H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED" 12383) 12384 12385// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 12386// quality. 12387const ( 12388 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12389 H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 12390 12391 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12392 H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 12393 12394 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12395 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 12396 12397 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12398 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 12399 12400 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12401 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" 12402 12403 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 12404 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" 12405) 12406 12407// Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid 12408// Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF). 12409const ( 12410 // H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled is a H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum value 12411 H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled = "DISABLED" 12412 12413 // H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled is a H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum value 12414 H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled = "ENABLED" 12415) 12416 12417// H.265 Level. 12418const ( 12419 // H265CodecLevelAuto is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12420 H265CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO" 12421 12422 // H265CodecLevelLevel1 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12423 H265CodecLevelLevel1 = "LEVEL_1" 12424 12425 // H265CodecLevelLevel2 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12426 H265CodecLevelLevel2 = "LEVEL_2" 12427 12428 // H265CodecLevelLevel21 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12429 H265CodecLevelLevel21 = "LEVEL_2_1" 12430 12431 // H265CodecLevelLevel3 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12432 H265CodecLevelLevel3 = "LEVEL_3" 12433 12434 // H265CodecLevelLevel31 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12435 H265CodecLevelLevel31 = "LEVEL_3_1" 12436 12437 // H265CodecLevelLevel4 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12438 H265CodecLevelLevel4 = "LEVEL_4" 12439 12440 // H265CodecLevelLevel41 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12441 H265CodecLevelLevel41 = "LEVEL_4_1" 12442 12443 // H265CodecLevelLevel5 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12444 H265CodecLevelLevel5 = "LEVEL_5" 12445 12446 // H265CodecLevelLevel51 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12447 H265CodecLevelLevel51 = "LEVEL_5_1" 12448 12449 // H265CodecLevelLevel52 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12450 H265CodecLevelLevel52 = "LEVEL_5_2" 12451 12452 // H265CodecLevelLevel6 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12453 H265CodecLevelLevel6 = "LEVEL_6" 12454 12455 // H265CodecLevelLevel61 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12456 H265CodecLevelLevel61 = "LEVEL_6_1" 12457 12458 // H265CodecLevelLevel62 is a H265CodecLevel enum value 12459 H265CodecLevelLevel62 = "LEVEL_6_2" 12460) 12461 12462// Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections 12463// are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile 12464// with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License. 12465const ( 12466 // H265CodecProfileMainMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value 12467 H265CodecProfileMainMain = "MAIN_MAIN" 12468 12469 // H265CodecProfileMainHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value 12470 H265CodecProfileMainHigh = "MAIN_HIGH" 12471 12472 // H265CodecProfileMain10Main is a H265CodecProfile enum value 12473 H265CodecProfileMain10Main = "MAIN10_MAIN" 12474 12475 // H265CodecProfileMain10High is a H265CodecProfile enum value 12476 H265CodecProfileMain10High = "MAIN10_HIGH" 12477 12478 // H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value 12479 H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN" 12480 12481 // H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value 12482 H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH" 12483 12484 // H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value 12485 H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN" 12486 12487 // H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value 12488 H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH" 12489) 12490 12491// Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. 12492const ( 12493 // H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12494 H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" 12495 12496 // H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12497 H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" 12498) 12499 12500// Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want 12501// the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this 12502// by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. 12503const ( 12504 // H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H265FramerateControl enum value 12505 H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 12506 12507 // H265FramerateControlSpecified is a H265FramerateControl enum value 12508 H265FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 12509) 12510 12511// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. 12512const ( 12513 // H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value 12514 H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP" 12515 12516 // H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value 12517 H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" 12518) 12519 12520// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 12521// 1. 12522const ( 12523 // H265GopBReferenceDisabled is a H265GopBReference enum value 12524 H265GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED" 12525 12526 // H265GopBReferenceEnabled is a H265GopBReference enum value 12527 H265GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED" 12528) 12529 12530// Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds 12531// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 12532const ( 12533 // H265GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value 12534 H265GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 12535 12536 // H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value 12537 H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 12538) 12539 12540// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. 12541// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce 12542// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top 12543// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default 12544// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, 12545// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the 12546// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow 12547// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and 12548// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be 12549// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending 12550// on which of the Follow options you chose. 12551const ( 12552 // H265InterlaceModeProgressive is a H265InterlaceMode enum value 12553 H265InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 12554 12555 // H265InterlaceModeTopField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value 12556 H265InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD" 12557 12558 // H265InterlaceModeBottomField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value 12559 H265InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD" 12560 12561 // H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value 12562 H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" 12563 12564 // H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value 12565 H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" 12566) 12567 12568// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the 12569// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing 12570// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 12571const ( 12572 // H265ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H265ParControl enum value 12573 H265ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 12574 12575 // H265ParControlSpecified is a H265ParControl enum value 12576 H265ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 12577) 12578 12579// Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to 12580// use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass 12581// video encoding. 12582const ( 12583 // H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value 12584 H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS" 12585 12586 // H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value 12587 H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ" 12588 12589 // H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value 12590 H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" 12591) 12592 12593// Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) 12594// does not write HRD parameters. 12595const ( 12596 // H265RateControlModeVbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value 12597 H265RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 12598 12599 // H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value 12600 H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 12601) 12602 12603// Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically 12604// selects best strength based on content 12605const ( 12606 // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value 12607 H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault = "DEFAULT" 12608 12609 // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value 12610 H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE" 12611 12612 // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value 12613 H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff = "OFF" 12614) 12615 12616// Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). 12617const ( 12618 // H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value 12619 H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 12620 12621 // H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value 12622 H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 12623) 12624 12625// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled 12626// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 12627const ( 12628 // H265SlowPalDisabled is a H265SlowPal enum value 12629 H265SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED" 12630 12631 // H265SlowPalEnabled is a H265SlowPal enum value 12632 H265SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED" 12633) 12634 12635// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content 12636// complexity. 12637const ( 12638 // H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12639 H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" 12640 12641 // H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12642 H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" 12643) 12644 12645// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) 12646// field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors 12647// > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced 12648// Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, 12649// Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output 12650// from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output 12651// to 29.97i. 12652const ( 12653 // H265TelecineNone is a H265Telecine enum value 12654 H265TelecineNone = "NONE" 12655 12656 // H265TelecineSoft is a H265Telecine enum value 12657 H265TelecineSoft = "SOFT" 12658 12659 // H265TelecineHard is a H265Telecine enum value 12660 H265TelecineHard = "HARD" 12661) 12662 12663// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content 12664// complexity. 12665const ( 12666 // H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12667 H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" 12668 12669 // H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value 12670 H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" 12671) 12672 12673// Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers 12674// are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, 12675// reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can 12676// form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal 12677// layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream 12678// with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder 12679// could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and 12680// P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output. 12681const ( 12682 // H265TemporalIdsDisabled is a H265TemporalIds enum value 12683 H265TemporalIdsDisabled = "DISABLED" 12684 12685 // H265TemporalIdsEnabled is a H265TemporalIds enum value 12686 H265TemporalIdsEnabled = "ENABLED" 12687) 12688 12689// Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision 12690// of the encoded pictures. 12691const ( 12692 // H265TilesDisabled is a H265Tiles enum value 12693 H265TilesDisabled = "DISABLED" 12694 12695 // H265TilesEnabled is a H265Tiles enum value 12696 H265TilesEnabled = "ENABLED" 12697) 12698 12699// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. 12700const ( 12701 // H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled is a H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value 12702 H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED" 12703 12704 // H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled is a H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value 12705 H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED" 12706) 12707 12708const ( 12709 // HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 12710 HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL" 12711 12712 // HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 12713 HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35" 12714) 12715 12716// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream 12717// The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth 12718// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate 12719// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try 12720// to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest 12721// with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default 12722// Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented 12723// as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate 12724// Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to 12725// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with 12726// DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO 12727const ( 12728 // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value 12729 HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT" 12730 12731 // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value 12732 HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT" 12733 12734 // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value 12735 HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT" 12736 12737 // HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value 12738 HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM" 12739) 12740 12741// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS 12742// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language 12743// Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. 12744// Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the 12745// original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption 12746// selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in 12747// the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include 12748// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS 12749// line from the manifest. 12750const ( 12751 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 12752 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT" 12753 12754 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 12755 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT" 12756 12757 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 12758 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE" 12759) 12760 12761// When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client 12762// from saving media segments for later replay. 12763const ( 12764 // HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value 12765 HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED" 12766 12767 // HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value 12768 HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED" 12769) 12770 12771// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist 12772// generation. 12773const ( 12774 // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value 12775 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381" 12776 12777 // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value 12778 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281" 12779) 12780 12781// Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories. 12782const ( 12783 // HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value 12784 HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY" 12785 12786 // HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value 12787 HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM" 12788) 12789 12790// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. 12791// Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption. 12792const ( 12793 // HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value 12794 HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128" 12795 12796 // HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value 12797 HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES" 12798) 12799 12800// When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS 12801// manifest 12802const ( 12803 // HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude is a HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum value 12804 HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude = "INCLUDE" 12805 12806 // HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude is a HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum value 12807 HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE" 12808) 12809 12810// The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the 12811// key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed 12812// in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest. 12813const ( 12814 // HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude is a HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum value 12815 HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE" 12816 12817 // HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude is a HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum value 12818 HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE" 12819) 12820 12821// Indicates which type of key provider is used for encryption. 12822const ( 12823 // HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke is a HlsKeyProviderType enum value 12824 HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke = "SPEKE" 12825 12826 // HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey is a HlsKeyProviderType enum value 12827 HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey = "STATIC_KEY" 12828) 12829 12830// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. 12831const ( 12832 // HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value 12833 HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP" 12834 12835 // HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value 12836 HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE" 12837) 12838 12839// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for 12840// segment duration. 12841const ( 12842 // HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value 12843 HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT" 12844 12845 // HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value 12846 HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER" 12847) 12848 12849// Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS 12850// output group. 12851const ( 12852 // HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 12853 HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" 12854 12855 // HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 12856 HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY" 12857) 12858 12859// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. 12860// The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are 12861// initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using 12862// the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset. 12863const ( 12864 // HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value 12865 HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE" 12866 12867 // HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value 12868 HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE" 12869) 12870 12871// When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, 12872// uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback. 12873const ( 12874 // HlsSegmentControlSingleFile is a HlsSegmentControl enum value 12875 HlsSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE" 12876 12877 // HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a HlsSegmentControl enum value 12878 HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES" 12879) 12880 12881// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag 12882// of variant manifest. 12883const ( 12884 // HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value 12885 HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE" 12886 12887 // HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value 12888 HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE" 12889) 12890 12891// Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 12892const ( 12893 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 12894 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" 12895 12896 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 12897 HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" 12898 12899 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 12900 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" 12901) 12902 12903// Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. 12904// Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed 12905// video inputs. 12906const ( 12907 // InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value 12908 InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 12909 12910 // InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value 12911 InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 12912) 12913 12914// Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default 12915// is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video 12916// inputs. 12917const ( 12918 // InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value 12919 InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 12920 12921 // InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value 12922 InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 12923) 12924 12925// Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service 12926// applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters 12927// separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). 12928// * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending 12929// on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is 12930// true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). 12931// * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. 12932const ( 12933 // InputFilterEnableAuto is a InputFilterEnable enum value 12934 InputFilterEnableAuto = "AUTO" 12935 12936 // InputFilterEnableDisable is a InputFilterEnable enum value 12937 InputFilterEnableDisable = "DISABLE" 12938 12939 // InputFilterEnableForce is a InputFilterEnable enum value 12940 InputFilterEnableForce = "FORCE" 12941) 12942 12943// Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify 12944// which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio 12945// and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. 12946const ( 12947 // InputPsiControlIgnorePsi is a InputPsiControl enum value 12948 InputPsiControlIgnorePsi = "IGNORE_PSI" 12949 12950 // InputPsiControlUsePsi is a InputPsiControl enum value 12951 InputPsiControlUsePsi = "USE_PSI" 12952) 12953 12954// Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information 12955// from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default 12956// is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the 12957// input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode 12958// for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set 12959// the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start 12960// (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start). 12961const ( 12962 // InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 12963 InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 12964 12965 // InputTimecodeSourceZerobased is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 12966 InputTimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" 12967 12968 // InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 12969 InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart = "SPECIFIEDSTART" 12970) 12971 12972// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. 12973const ( 12974 // JobStatusSubmitted is a JobStatus enum value 12975 JobStatusSubmitted = "SUBMITTED" 12976 12977 // JobStatusProgressing is a JobStatus enum value 12978 JobStatusProgressing = "PROGRESSING" 12979 12980 // JobStatusComplete is a JobStatus enum value 12981 JobStatusComplete = "COMPLETE" 12982 12983 // JobStatusCanceled is a JobStatus enum value 12984 JobStatusCanceled = "CANCELED" 12985 12986 // JobStatusError is a JobStatus enum value 12987 JobStatusError = "ERROR" 12988) 12989 12990// Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list 12991// them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't 12992// specify, the service will list them by name. 12993const ( 12994 // JobTemplateListByName is a JobTemplateListBy enum value 12995 JobTemplateListByName = "NAME" 12996 12997 // JobTemplateListByCreationDate is a JobTemplateListBy enum value 12998 JobTemplateListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE" 12999 13000 // JobTemplateListBySystem is a JobTemplateListBy enum value 13001 JobTemplateListBySystem = "SYSTEM" 13002) 13003 13004// Code to specify the language, following the specification "ISO 639-2 three-digit 13005// code":http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ 13006const ( 13007 // LanguageCodeEng is a LanguageCode enum value 13008 LanguageCodeEng = "ENG" 13009 13010 // LanguageCodeSpa is a LanguageCode enum value 13011 LanguageCodeSpa = "SPA" 13012 13013 // LanguageCodeFra is a LanguageCode enum value 13014 LanguageCodeFra = "FRA" 13015 13016 // LanguageCodeDeu is a LanguageCode enum value 13017 LanguageCodeDeu = "DEU" 13018 13019 // LanguageCodeGer is a LanguageCode enum value 13020 LanguageCodeGer = "GER" 13021 13022 // LanguageCodeZho is a LanguageCode enum value 13023 LanguageCodeZho = "ZHO" 13024 13025 // LanguageCodeAra is a LanguageCode enum value 13026 LanguageCodeAra = "ARA" 13027 13028 // LanguageCodeHin is a LanguageCode enum value 13029 LanguageCodeHin = "HIN" 13030 13031 // LanguageCodeJpn is a LanguageCode enum value 13032 LanguageCodeJpn = "JPN" 13033 13034 // LanguageCodeRus is a LanguageCode enum value 13035 LanguageCodeRus = "RUS" 13036 13037 // LanguageCodePor is a LanguageCode enum value 13038 LanguageCodePor = "POR" 13039 13040 // LanguageCodeIta is a LanguageCode enum value 13041 LanguageCodeIta = "ITA" 13042 13043 // LanguageCodeUrd is a LanguageCode enum value 13044 LanguageCodeUrd = "URD" 13045 13046 // LanguageCodeVie is a LanguageCode enum value 13047 LanguageCodeVie = "VIE" 13048 13049 // LanguageCodeKor is a LanguageCode enum value 13050 LanguageCodeKor = "KOR" 13051 13052 // LanguageCodePan is a LanguageCode enum value 13053 LanguageCodePan = "PAN" 13054 13055 // LanguageCodeAbk is a LanguageCode enum value 13056 LanguageCodeAbk = "ABK" 13057 13058 // LanguageCodeAar is a LanguageCode enum value 13059 LanguageCodeAar = "AAR" 13060 13061 // LanguageCodeAfr is a LanguageCode enum value 13062 LanguageCodeAfr = "AFR" 13063 13064 // LanguageCodeAka is a LanguageCode enum value 13065 LanguageCodeAka = "AKA" 13066 13067 // LanguageCodeSqi is a LanguageCode enum value 13068 LanguageCodeSqi = "SQI" 13069 13070 // LanguageCodeAmh is a LanguageCode enum value 13071 LanguageCodeAmh = "AMH" 13072 13073 // LanguageCodeArg is a LanguageCode enum value 13074 LanguageCodeArg = "ARG" 13075 13076 // LanguageCodeHye is a LanguageCode enum value 13077 LanguageCodeHye = "HYE" 13078 13079 // LanguageCodeAsm is a LanguageCode enum value 13080 LanguageCodeAsm = "ASM" 13081 13082 // LanguageCodeAva is a LanguageCode enum value 13083 LanguageCodeAva = "AVA" 13084 13085 // LanguageCodeAve is a LanguageCode enum value 13086 LanguageCodeAve = "AVE" 13087 13088 // LanguageCodeAym is a LanguageCode enum value 13089 LanguageCodeAym = "AYM" 13090 13091 // LanguageCodeAze is a LanguageCode enum value 13092 LanguageCodeAze = "AZE" 13093 13094 // LanguageCodeBam is a LanguageCode enum value 13095 LanguageCodeBam = "BAM" 13096 13097 // LanguageCodeBak is a LanguageCode enum value 13098 LanguageCodeBak = "BAK" 13099 13100 // LanguageCodeEus is a LanguageCode enum value 13101 LanguageCodeEus = "EUS" 13102 13103 // LanguageCodeBel is a LanguageCode enum value 13104 LanguageCodeBel = "BEL" 13105 13106 // LanguageCodeBen is a LanguageCode enum value 13107 LanguageCodeBen = "BEN" 13108 13109 // LanguageCodeBih is a LanguageCode enum value 13110 LanguageCodeBih = "BIH" 13111 13112 // LanguageCodeBis is a LanguageCode enum value 13113 LanguageCodeBis = "BIS" 13114 13115 // LanguageCodeBos is a LanguageCode enum value 13116 LanguageCodeBos = "BOS" 13117 13118 // LanguageCodeBre is a LanguageCode enum value 13119 LanguageCodeBre = "BRE" 13120 13121 // LanguageCodeBul is a LanguageCode enum value 13122 LanguageCodeBul = "BUL" 13123 13124 // LanguageCodeMya is a LanguageCode enum value 13125 LanguageCodeMya = "MYA" 13126 13127 // LanguageCodeCat is a LanguageCode enum value 13128 LanguageCodeCat = "CAT" 13129 13130 // LanguageCodeKhm is a LanguageCode enum value 13131 LanguageCodeKhm = "KHM" 13132 13133 // LanguageCodeCha is a LanguageCode enum value 13134 LanguageCodeCha = "CHA" 13135 13136 // LanguageCodeChe is a LanguageCode enum value 13137 LanguageCodeChe = "CHE" 13138 13139 // LanguageCodeNya is a LanguageCode enum value 13140 LanguageCodeNya = "NYA" 13141 13142 // LanguageCodeChu is a LanguageCode enum value 13143 LanguageCodeChu = "CHU" 13144 13145 // LanguageCodeChv is a LanguageCode enum value 13146 LanguageCodeChv = "CHV" 13147 13148 // LanguageCodeCor is a LanguageCode enum value 13149 LanguageCodeCor = "COR" 13150 13151 // LanguageCodeCos is a LanguageCode enum value 13152 LanguageCodeCos = "COS" 13153 13154 // LanguageCodeCre is a LanguageCode enum value 13155 LanguageCodeCre = "CRE" 13156 13157 // LanguageCodeHrv is a LanguageCode enum value 13158 LanguageCodeHrv = "HRV" 13159 13160 // LanguageCodeCes is a LanguageCode enum value 13161 LanguageCodeCes = "CES" 13162 13163 // LanguageCodeDan is a LanguageCode enum value 13164 LanguageCodeDan = "DAN" 13165 13166 // LanguageCodeDiv is a LanguageCode enum value 13167 LanguageCodeDiv = "DIV" 13168 13169 // LanguageCodeNld is a LanguageCode enum value 13170 LanguageCodeNld = "NLD" 13171 13172 // LanguageCodeDzo is a LanguageCode enum value 13173 LanguageCodeDzo = "DZO" 13174 13175 // LanguageCodeEnm is a LanguageCode enum value 13176 LanguageCodeEnm = "ENM" 13177 13178 // LanguageCodeEpo is a LanguageCode enum value 13179 LanguageCodeEpo = "EPO" 13180 13181 // LanguageCodeEst is a LanguageCode enum value 13182 LanguageCodeEst = "EST" 13183 13184 // LanguageCodeEwe is a LanguageCode enum value 13185 LanguageCodeEwe = "EWE" 13186 13187 // LanguageCodeFao is a LanguageCode enum value 13188 LanguageCodeFao = "FAO" 13189 13190 // LanguageCodeFij is a LanguageCode enum value 13191 LanguageCodeFij = "FIJ" 13192 13193 // LanguageCodeFin is a LanguageCode enum value 13194 LanguageCodeFin = "FIN" 13195 13196 // LanguageCodeFrm is a LanguageCode enum value 13197 LanguageCodeFrm = "FRM" 13198 13199 // LanguageCodeFul is a LanguageCode enum value 13200 LanguageCodeFul = "FUL" 13201 13202 // LanguageCodeGla is a LanguageCode enum value 13203 LanguageCodeGla = "GLA" 13204 13205 // LanguageCodeGlg is a LanguageCode enum value 13206 LanguageCodeGlg = "GLG" 13207 13208 // LanguageCodeLug is a LanguageCode enum value 13209 LanguageCodeLug = "LUG" 13210 13211 // LanguageCodeKat is a LanguageCode enum value 13212 LanguageCodeKat = "KAT" 13213 13214 // LanguageCodeEll is a LanguageCode enum value 13215 LanguageCodeEll = "ELL" 13216 13217 // LanguageCodeGrn is a LanguageCode enum value 13218 LanguageCodeGrn = "GRN" 13219 13220 // LanguageCodeGuj is a LanguageCode enum value 13221 LanguageCodeGuj = "GUJ" 13222 13223 // LanguageCodeHat is a LanguageCode enum value 13224 LanguageCodeHat = "HAT" 13225 13226 // LanguageCodeHau is a LanguageCode enum value 13227 LanguageCodeHau = "HAU" 13228 13229 // LanguageCodeHeb is a LanguageCode enum value 13230 LanguageCodeHeb = "HEB" 13231 13232 // LanguageCodeHer is a LanguageCode enum value 13233 LanguageCodeHer = "HER" 13234 13235 // LanguageCodeHmo is a LanguageCode enum value 13236 LanguageCodeHmo = "HMO" 13237 13238 // LanguageCodeHun is a LanguageCode enum value 13239 LanguageCodeHun = "HUN" 13240 13241 // LanguageCodeIsl is a LanguageCode enum value 13242 LanguageCodeIsl = "ISL" 13243 13244 // LanguageCodeIdo is a LanguageCode enum value 13245 LanguageCodeIdo = "IDO" 13246 13247 // LanguageCodeIbo is a LanguageCode enum value 13248 LanguageCodeIbo = "IBO" 13249 13250 // LanguageCodeInd is a LanguageCode enum value 13251 LanguageCodeInd = "IND" 13252 13253 // LanguageCodeIna is a LanguageCode enum value 13254 LanguageCodeIna = "INA" 13255 13256 // LanguageCodeIle is a LanguageCode enum value 13257 LanguageCodeIle = "ILE" 13258 13259 // LanguageCodeIku is a LanguageCode enum value 13260 LanguageCodeIku = "IKU" 13261 13262 // LanguageCodeIpk is a LanguageCode enum value 13263 LanguageCodeIpk = "IPK" 13264 13265 // LanguageCodeGle is a LanguageCode enum value 13266 LanguageCodeGle = "GLE" 13267 13268 // LanguageCodeJav is a LanguageCode enum value 13269 LanguageCodeJav = "JAV" 13270 13271 // LanguageCodeKal is a LanguageCode enum value 13272 LanguageCodeKal = "KAL" 13273 13274 // LanguageCodeKan is a LanguageCode enum value 13275 LanguageCodeKan = "KAN" 13276 13277 // LanguageCodeKau is a LanguageCode enum value 13278 LanguageCodeKau = "KAU" 13279 13280 // LanguageCodeKas is a LanguageCode enum value 13281 LanguageCodeKas = "KAS" 13282 13283 // LanguageCodeKaz is a LanguageCode enum value 13284 LanguageCodeKaz = "KAZ" 13285 13286 // LanguageCodeKik is a LanguageCode enum value 13287 LanguageCodeKik = "KIK" 13288 13289 // LanguageCodeKin is a LanguageCode enum value 13290 LanguageCodeKin = "KIN" 13291 13292 // LanguageCodeKir is a LanguageCode enum value 13293 LanguageCodeKir = "KIR" 13294 13295 // LanguageCodeKom is a LanguageCode enum value 13296 LanguageCodeKom = "KOM" 13297 13298 // LanguageCodeKon is a LanguageCode enum value 13299 LanguageCodeKon = "KON" 13300 13301 // LanguageCodeKua is a LanguageCode enum value 13302 LanguageCodeKua = "KUA" 13303 13304 // LanguageCodeKur is a LanguageCode enum value 13305 LanguageCodeKur = "KUR" 13306 13307 // LanguageCodeLao is a LanguageCode enum value 13308 LanguageCodeLao = "LAO" 13309 13310 // LanguageCodeLat is a LanguageCode enum value 13311 LanguageCodeLat = "LAT" 13312 13313 // LanguageCodeLav is a LanguageCode enum value 13314 LanguageCodeLav = "LAV" 13315 13316 // LanguageCodeLim is a LanguageCode enum value 13317 LanguageCodeLim = "LIM" 13318 13319 // LanguageCodeLin is a LanguageCode enum value 13320 LanguageCodeLin = "LIN" 13321 13322 // LanguageCodeLit is a LanguageCode enum value 13323 LanguageCodeLit = "LIT" 13324 13325 // LanguageCodeLub is a LanguageCode enum value 13326 LanguageCodeLub = "LUB" 13327 13328 // LanguageCodeLtz is a LanguageCode enum value 13329 LanguageCodeLtz = "LTZ" 13330 13331 // LanguageCodeMkd is a LanguageCode enum value 13332 LanguageCodeMkd = "MKD" 13333 13334 // LanguageCodeMlg is a LanguageCode enum value 13335 LanguageCodeMlg = "MLG" 13336 13337 // LanguageCodeMsa is a LanguageCode enum value 13338 LanguageCodeMsa = "MSA" 13339 13340 // LanguageCodeMal is a LanguageCode enum value 13341 LanguageCodeMal = "MAL" 13342 13343 // LanguageCodeMlt is a LanguageCode enum value 13344 LanguageCodeMlt = "MLT" 13345 13346 // LanguageCodeGlv is a LanguageCode enum value 13347 LanguageCodeGlv = "GLV" 13348 13349 // LanguageCodeMri is a LanguageCode enum value 13350 LanguageCodeMri = "MRI" 13351 13352 // LanguageCodeMar is a LanguageCode enum value 13353 LanguageCodeMar = "MAR" 13354 13355 // LanguageCodeMah is a LanguageCode enum value 13356 LanguageCodeMah = "MAH" 13357 13358 // LanguageCodeMon is a LanguageCode enum value 13359 LanguageCodeMon = "MON" 13360 13361 // LanguageCodeNau is a LanguageCode enum value 13362 LanguageCodeNau = "NAU" 13363 13364 // LanguageCodeNav is a LanguageCode enum value 13365 LanguageCodeNav = "NAV" 13366 13367 // LanguageCodeNde is a LanguageCode enum value 13368 LanguageCodeNde = "NDE" 13369 13370 // LanguageCodeNbl is a LanguageCode enum value 13371 LanguageCodeNbl = "NBL" 13372 13373 // LanguageCodeNdo is a LanguageCode enum value 13374 LanguageCodeNdo = "NDO" 13375 13376 // LanguageCodeNep is a LanguageCode enum value 13377 LanguageCodeNep = "NEP" 13378 13379 // LanguageCodeSme is a LanguageCode enum value 13380 LanguageCodeSme = "SME" 13381 13382 // LanguageCodeNor is a LanguageCode enum value 13383 LanguageCodeNor = "NOR" 13384 13385 // LanguageCodeNob is a LanguageCode enum value 13386 LanguageCodeNob = "NOB" 13387 13388 // LanguageCodeNno is a LanguageCode enum value 13389 LanguageCodeNno = "NNO" 13390 13391 // LanguageCodeOci is a LanguageCode enum value 13392 LanguageCodeOci = "OCI" 13393 13394 // LanguageCodeOji is a LanguageCode enum value 13395 LanguageCodeOji = "OJI" 13396 13397 // LanguageCodeOri is a LanguageCode enum value 13398 LanguageCodeOri = "ORI" 13399 13400 // LanguageCodeOrm is a LanguageCode enum value 13401 LanguageCodeOrm = "ORM" 13402 13403 // LanguageCodeOss is a LanguageCode enum value 13404 LanguageCodeOss = "OSS" 13405 13406 // LanguageCodePli is a LanguageCode enum value 13407 LanguageCodePli = "PLI" 13408 13409 // LanguageCodeFas is a LanguageCode enum value 13410 LanguageCodeFas = "FAS" 13411 13412 // LanguageCodePol is a LanguageCode enum value 13413 LanguageCodePol = "POL" 13414 13415 // LanguageCodePus is a LanguageCode enum value 13416 LanguageCodePus = "PUS" 13417 13418 // LanguageCodeQue is a LanguageCode enum value 13419 LanguageCodeQue = "QUE" 13420 13421 // LanguageCodeQaa is a LanguageCode enum value 13422 LanguageCodeQaa = "QAA" 13423 13424 // LanguageCodeRon is a LanguageCode enum value 13425 LanguageCodeRon = "RON" 13426 13427 // LanguageCodeRoh is a LanguageCode enum value 13428 LanguageCodeRoh = "ROH" 13429 13430 // LanguageCodeRun is a LanguageCode enum value 13431 LanguageCodeRun = "RUN" 13432 13433 // LanguageCodeSmo is a LanguageCode enum value 13434 LanguageCodeSmo = "SMO" 13435 13436 // LanguageCodeSag is a LanguageCode enum value 13437 LanguageCodeSag = "SAG" 13438 13439 // LanguageCodeSan is a LanguageCode enum value 13440 LanguageCodeSan = "SAN" 13441 13442 // LanguageCodeSrd is a LanguageCode enum value 13443 LanguageCodeSrd = "SRD" 13444 13445 // LanguageCodeSrb is a LanguageCode enum value 13446 LanguageCodeSrb = "SRB" 13447 13448 // LanguageCodeSna is a LanguageCode enum value 13449 LanguageCodeSna = "SNA" 13450 13451 // LanguageCodeIii is a LanguageCode enum value 13452 LanguageCodeIii = "III" 13453 13454 // LanguageCodeSnd is a LanguageCode enum value 13455 LanguageCodeSnd = "SND" 13456 13457 // LanguageCodeSin is a LanguageCode enum value 13458 LanguageCodeSin = "SIN" 13459 13460 // LanguageCodeSlk is a LanguageCode enum value 13461 LanguageCodeSlk = "SLK" 13462 13463 // LanguageCodeSlv is a LanguageCode enum value 13464 LanguageCodeSlv = "SLV" 13465 13466 // LanguageCodeSom is a LanguageCode enum value 13467 LanguageCodeSom = "SOM" 13468 13469 // LanguageCodeSot is a LanguageCode enum value 13470 LanguageCodeSot = "SOT" 13471 13472 // LanguageCodeSun is a LanguageCode enum value 13473 LanguageCodeSun = "SUN" 13474 13475 // LanguageCodeSwa is a LanguageCode enum value 13476 LanguageCodeSwa = "SWA" 13477 13478 // LanguageCodeSsw is a LanguageCode enum value 13479 LanguageCodeSsw = "SSW" 13480 13481 // LanguageCodeSwe is a LanguageCode enum value 13482 LanguageCodeSwe = "SWE" 13483 13484 // LanguageCodeTgl is a LanguageCode enum value 13485 LanguageCodeTgl = "TGL" 13486 13487 // LanguageCodeTah is a LanguageCode enum value 13488 LanguageCodeTah = "TAH" 13489 13490 // LanguageCodeTgk is a LanguageCode enum value 13491 LanguageCodeTgk = "TGK" 13492 13493 // LanguageCodeTam is a LanguageCode enum value 13494 LanguageCodeTam = "TAM" 13495 13496 // LanguageCodeTat is a LanguageCode enum value 13497 LanguageCodeTat = "TAT" 13498 13499 // LanguageCodeTel is a LanguageCode enum value 13500 LanguageCodeTel = "TEL" 13501 13502 // LanguageCodeTha is a LanguageCode enum value 13503 LanguageCodeTha = "THA" 13504 13505 // LanguageCodeBod is a LanguageCode enum value 13506 LanguageCodeBod = "BOD" 13507 13508 // LanguageCodeTir is a LanguageCode enum value 13509 LanguageCodeTir = "TIR" 13510 13511 // LanguageCodeTon is a LanguageCode enum value 13512 LanguageCodeTon = "TON" 13513 13514 // LanguageCodeTso is a LanguageCode enum value 13515 LanguageCodeTso = "TSO" 13516 13517 // LanguageCodeTsn is a LanguageCode enum value 13518 LanguageCodeTsn = "TSN" 13519 13520 // LanguageCodeTur is a LanguageCode enum value 13521 LanguageCodeTur = "TUR" 13522 13523 // LanguageCodeTuk is a LanguageCode enum value 13524 LanguageCodeTuk = "TUK" 13525 13526 // LanguageCodeTwi is a LanguageCode enum value 13527 LanguageCodeTwi = "TWI" 13528 13529 // LanguageCodeUig is a LanguageCode enum value 13530 LanguageCodeUig = "UIG" 13531 13532 // LanguageCodeUkr is a LanguageCode enum value 13533 LanguageCodeUkr = "UKR" 13534 13535 // LanguageCodeUzb is a LanguageCode enum value 13536 LanguageCodeUzb = "UZB" 13537 13538 // LanguageCodeVen is a LanguageCode enum value 13539 LanguageCodeVen = "VEN" 13540 13541 // LanguageCodeVol is a LanguageCode enum value 13542 LanguageCodeVol = "VOL" 13543 13544 // LanguageCodeWln is a LanguageCode enum value 13545 LanguageCodeWln = "WLN" 13546 13547 // LanguageCodeCym is a LanguageCode enum value 13548 LanguageCodeCym = "CYM" 13549 13550 // LanguageCodeFry is a LanguageCode enum value 13551 LanguageCodeFry = "FRY" 13552 13553 // LanguageCodeWol is a LanguageCode enum value 13554 LanguageCodeWol = "WOL" 13555 13556 // LanguageCodeXho is a LanguageCode enum value 13557 LanguageCodeXho = "XHO" 13558 13559 // LanguageCodeYid is a LanguageCode enum value 13560 LanguageCodeYid = "YID" 13561 13562 // LanguageCodeYor is a LanguageCode enum value 13563 LanguageCodeYor = "YOR" 13564 13565 // LanguageCodeZha is a LanguageCode enum value 13566 LanguageCodeZha = "ZHA" 13567 13568 // LanguageCodeZul is a LanguageCode enum value 13569 LanguageCodeZul = "ZUL" 13570 13571 // LanguageCodeOrj is a LanguageCode enum value 13572 LanguageCodeOrj = "ORJ" 13573 13574 // LanguageCodeQpc is a LanguageCode enum value 13575 LanguageCodeQpc = "QPC" 13576 13577 // LanguageCodeTng is a LanguageCode enum value 13578 LanguageCodeTng = "TNG" 13579) 13580 13581// Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio. 13582const ( 13583 // M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value 13584 M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB" 13585 13586 // M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value 13587 M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC" 13588) 13589 13590// Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX, 13591// use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency, 13592// but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. 13593const ( 13594 // M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value 13595 M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 13596 13597 // M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value 13598 M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE" 13599) 13600 13601// When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to 13602// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be 13603// fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When 13604// set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only 13605// applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers 13606// is EBP or EBP_LEGACY). 13607const ( 13608 // M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum value 13609 M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS" 13610 13611 // M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum value 13612 M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL" 13613) 13614 13615// Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only 13616// on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable 13617// when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP 13618// or EBP_LEGACY). 13619const ( 13620 // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value 13621 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS" 13622 13623 // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value 13624 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID" 13625) 13626 13627// Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header. 13628const ( 13629 // M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value 13630 M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE" 13631 13632 // M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value 13633 M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE" 13634) 13635 13636// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in 13637// the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. 13638const ( 13639 // M2tsNielsenId3Insert is a M2tsNielsenId3 enum value 13640 M2tsNielsenId3Insert = "INSERT" 13641 13642 // M2tsNielsenId3None is a M2tsNielsenId3 enum value 13643 M2tsNielsenId3None = "NONE" 13644) 13645 13646// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 13647// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only 13648// when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 13649const ( 13650 // M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value 13651 M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" 13652 13653 // M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value 13654 M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" 13655) 13656 13657// When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified 13658// bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, 13659// but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate. 13660const ( 13661 // M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value 13662 M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR" 13663 13664 // M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value 13665 M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR" 13666) 13667 13668// Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from 13669// input to output. 13670const ( 13671 // M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough is a M2tsScte35Source enum value 13672 M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 13673 13674 // M2tsScte35SourceNone is a M2tsScte35Source enum value 13675 M2tsScte35SourceNone = "NONE" 13676) 13677 13678// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart 13679// sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets 13680// the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart 13681// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary 13682// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification 13683// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information 13684// to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. 13685const ( 13686 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 13687 M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE" 13688 13689 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 13690 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART" 13691 13692 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 13693 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT" 13694 13695 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 13696 M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART" 13697 13698 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 13699 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP" 13700 13701 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 13702 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY" 13703) 13704 13705// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted 13706// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may 13707// be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. 13708// When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is 13709// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means 13710// the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. 13711// When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment 13712// is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. 13713// This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, 13714// all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. 13715// Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule. 13716const ( 13717 // M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value 13718 M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE" 13719 13720 // M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value 13721 M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE" 13722) 13723 13724// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in 13725// the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. 13726const ( 13727 // M3u8NielsenId3Insert is a M3u8NielsenId3 enum value 13728 M3u8NielsenId3Insert = "INSERT" 13729 13730 // M3u8NielsenId3None is a M3u8NielsenId3 enum value 13731 M3u8NielsenId3None = "NONE" 13732) 13733 13734// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 13735// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective 13736// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 13737const ( 13738 // M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value 13739 M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" 13740 13741 // M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value 13742 M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" 13743) 13744 13745// Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from 13746// input to output. 13747const ( 13748 // M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Source enum value 13749 M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 13750 13751 // M3u8Scte35SourceNone is a M3u8Scte35Source enum value 13752 M3u8Scte35SourceNone = "NONE" 13753) 13754 13755// When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings. 13756const ( 13757 // MovClapAtomInclude is a MovClapAtom enum value 13758 MovClapAtomInclude = "INCLUDE" 13759 13760 // MovClapAtomExclude is a MovClapAtom enum value 13761 MovClapAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE" 13762) 13763 13764// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times 13765// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, 13766// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 13767// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. 13768const ( 13769 // MovCslgAtomInclude is a MovCslgAtom enum value 13770 MovCslgAtomInclude = "INCLUDE" 13771 13772 // MovCslgAtomExclude is a MovCslgAtom enum value 13773 MovCslgAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE" 13774) 13775 13776// When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using 13777// XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, 13778// but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the 13779// video codec is MPEG2. 13780const ( 13781 // MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam is a MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum value 13782 MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam = "XDCAM" 13783 13784 // MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg is a MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum value 13785 MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg = "MPEG" 13786) 13787 13788// If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding 13789const ( 13790 // MovPaddingControlOmneon is a MovPaddingControl enum value 13791 MovPaddingControlOmneon = "OMNEON" 13792 13793 // MovPaddingControlNone is a MovPaddingControl enum value 13794 MovPaddingControlNone = "NONE" 13795) 13796 13797// A value of 'external' creates separate media files and the wrapper file (.mov) 13798// contains references to these media files. A value of 'self_contained' creates 13799// only a wrapper (.mov) file and this file contains all of the media. 13800const ( 13801 // MovReferenceSelfContained is a MovReference enum value 13802 MovReferenceSelfContained = "SELF_CONTAINED" 13803 13804 // MovReferenceExternal is a MovReference enum value 13805 MovReferenceExternal = "EXTERNAL" 13806) 13807 13808// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times 13809// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, 13810// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 13811// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. 13812const ( 13813 // Mp4CslgAtomInclude is a Mp4CslgAtom enum value 13814 Mp4CslgAtomInclude = "INCLUDE" 13815 13816 // Mp4CslgAtomExclude is a Mp4CslgAtom enum value 13817 Mp4CslgAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE" 13818) 13819 13820// Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box. 13821const ( 13822 // Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude is a Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum value 13823 Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude = "INCLUDE" 13824 13825 // Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude is a Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum value 13826 Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude = "EXCLUDE" 13827) 13828 13829// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning 13830// of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed 13831// normally at the end. 13832const ( 13833 // Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload is a Mp4MoovPlacement enum value 13834 Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD" 13835 13836 // Mp4MoovPlacementNormal is a Mp4MoovPlacement enum value 13837 Mp4MoovPlacementNormal = "NORMAL" 13838) 13839 13840// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 13841// quality. 13842const ( 13843 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 13844 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 13845 13846 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 13847 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 13848 13849 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 13850 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 13851 13852 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 13853 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 13854) 13855 13856// Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output. 13857const ( 13858 // Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value 13859 Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO" 13860 13861 // Mpeg2CodecLevelLow is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value 13862 Mpeg2CodecLevelLow = "LOW" 13863 13864 // Mpeg2CodecLevelMain is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value 13865 Mpeg2CodecLevelMain = "MAIN" 13866 13867 // Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value 13868 Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 = "HIGH1440" 13869 13870 // Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value 13871 Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh = "HIGH" 13872) 13873 13874// Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output. 13875const ( 13876 // Mpeg2CodecProfileMain is a Mpeg2CodecProfile enum value 13877 Mpeg2CodecProfileMain = "MAIN" 13878 13879 // Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 is a Mpeg2CodecProfile enum value 13880 Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 = "PROFILE_422" 13881) 13882 13883// Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want 13884// the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this 13885// by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. 13886const ( 13887 // Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a Mpeg2FramerateControl enum value 13888 Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 13889 13890 // Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified is a Mpeg2FramerateControl enum value 13891 Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 13892) 13893 13894// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. 13895const ( 13896 // Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value 13897 Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP" 13898 13899 // Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value 13900 Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" 13901) 13902 13903// Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If 13904// seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 13905const ( 13906 // Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value 13907 Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 13908 13909 // Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value 13910 Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 13911) 13912 13913// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. 13914// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce 13915// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top 13916// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default 13917// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, 13918// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the 13919// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow 13920// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and 13921// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be 13922// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending 13923// on which of the Follow options you chose. 13924const ( 13925 // Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value 13926 Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 13927 13928 // Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value 13929 Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD" 13930 13931 // Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value 13932 Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD" 13933 13934 // Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value 13935 Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" 13936 13937 // Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value 13938 Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" 13939) 13940 13941// Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision 13942// for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service 13943// will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression 13944// ratio. 13945const ( 13946 // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value 13947 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto = "AUTO" 13948 13949 // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value 13950 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8" 13951 13952 // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value 13953 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9" 13954 13955 // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value 13956 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10" 13957 13958 // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value 13959 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11" 13960) 13961 13962// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the 13963// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing 13964// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 13965const ( 13966 // Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource is a Mpeg2ParControl enum value 13967 Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 13968 13969 // Mpeg2ParControlSpecified is a Mpeg2ParControl enum value 13970 Mpeg2ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 13971) 13972 13973// Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to 13974// use single-pass or multipass video encoding. 13975const ( 13976 // Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum value 13977 Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS" 13978 13979 // Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass is a Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum value 13980 Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass = "MULTI_PASS" 13981) 13982 13983// Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate 13984// is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr). 13985const ( 13986 // Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr is a Mpeg2RateControlMode enum value 13987 Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 13988 13989 // Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr is a Mpeg2RateControlMode enum value 13990 Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 13991) 13992 13993// Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). 13994const ( 13995 // Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum value 13996 Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 13997 13998 // Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum value 13999 Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 14000) 14001 14002// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled 14003// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 14004const ( 14005 // Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled is a Mpeg2SlowPal enum value 14006 Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED" 14007 14008 // Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled is a Mpeg2SlowPal enum value 14009 Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED" 14010) 14011 14012// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content 14013// complexity. 14014const ( 14015 // Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value 14016 Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" 14017 14018 // Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value 14019 Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" 14020) 14021 14022// Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001). 14023const ( 14024 // Mpeg2SyntaxDefault is a Mpeg2Syntax enum value 14025 Mpeg2SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT" 14026 14027 // Mpeg2SyntaxD10 is a Mpeg2Syntax enum value 14028 Mpeg2SyntaxD10 = "D_10" 14029) 14030 14031// Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. 14032// Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from 14033// a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave 14034// converstion to the player. 14035const ( 14036 // Mpeg2TelecineNone is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value 14037 Mpeg2TelecineNone = "NONE" 14038 14039 // Mpeg2TelecineSoft is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value 14040 Mpeg2TelecineSoft = "SOFT" 14041 14042 // Mpeg2TelecineHard is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value 14043 Mpeg2TelecineHard = "HARD" 14044) 14045 14046// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content 14047// complexity. 14048const ( 14049 // Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value 14050 Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" 14051 14052 // Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value 14053 Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" 14054) 14055 14056// COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across 14057// a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream. 14058const ( 14059 // MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams is a MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum value 14060 MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS" 14061 14062 // MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone is a MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum value 14063 MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone = "NONE" 14064) 14065 14066// Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding 14067// format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16. 14068const ( 14069 // MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 is a MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum value 14070 MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 = "UTF8" 14071 14072 // MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 is a MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum value 14073 MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 = "UTF16" 14074) 14075 14076// Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following 14077// spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable 14078// Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral is an edge preserving noise reduction 14079// filter * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) are convolution 14080// filters * Conserve is a min/max noise reduction filter * Spatial is frequency-domain 14081// filter based on JND principles. 14082const ( 14083 // NoiseReducerFilterBilateral is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value 14084 NoiseReducerFilterBilateral = "BILATERAL" 14085 14086 // NoiseReducerFilterMean is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value 14087 NoiseReducerFilterMean = "MEAN" 14088 14089 // NoiseReducerFilterGaussian is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value 14090 NoiseReducerFilterGaussian = "GAUSSIAN" 14091 14092 // NoiseReducerFilterLanczos is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value 14093 NoiseReducerFilterLanczos = "LANCZOS" 14094 14095 // NoiseReducerFilterSharpen is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value 14096 NoiseReducerFilterSharpen = "SHARPEN" 14097 14098 // NoiseReducerFilterConserve is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value 14099 NoiseReducerFilterConserve = "CONSERVE" 14100 14101 // NoiseReducerFilterSpatial is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value 14102 NoiseReducerFilterSpatial = "SPATIAL" 14103) 14104 14105// When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they 14106// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. 14107const ( 14108 // OrderAscending is a Order enum value 14109 OrderAscending = "ASCENDING" 14110 14111 // OrderDescending is a Order enum value 14112 OrderDescending = "DESCENDING" 14113) 14114 14115// Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming) 14116const ( 14117 // OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value 14118 OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS" 14119 14120 // OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value 14121 OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS" 14122 14123 // OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value 14124 OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS" 14125 14126 // OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value 14127 OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS" 14128) 14129 14130// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input 14131// SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input 14132// SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream 14133// if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on 14134// the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT 14135// information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information. 14136const ( 14137 // OutputSdtSdtFollow is a OutputSdt enum value 14138 OutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW" 14139 14140 // OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a OutputSdt enum value 14141 OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT" 14142 14143 // OutputSdtSdtManual is a OutputSdt enum value 14144 OutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL" 14145 14146 // OutputSdtSdtNone is a OutputSdt enum value 14147 OutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE" 14148) 14149 14150// Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them 14151// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't 14152// specify, the service will list them by name. 14153const ( 14154 // PresetListByName is a PresetListBy enum value 14155 PresetListByName = "NAME" 14156 14157 // PresetListByCreationDate is a PresetListBy enum value 14158 PresetListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE" 14159 14160 // PresetListBySystem is a PresetListBy enum value 14161 PresetListBySystem = "SYSTEM" 14162) 14163 14164// Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec 14165// to use for this output. 14166const ( 14167 // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 is a ProresCodecProfile enum value 14168 ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 = "APPLE_PRORES_422" 14169 14170 // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq is a ProresCodecProfile enum value 14171 ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ" 14172 14173 // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt is a ProresCodecProfile enum value 14174 ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT" 14175 14176 // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy is a ProresCodecProfile enum value 14177 ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY" 14178) 14179 14180// Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want 14181// the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this 14182// by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. 14183const ( 14184 // ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a ProresFramerateControl enum value 14185 ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 14186 14187 // ProresFramerateControlSpecified is a ProresFramerateControl enum value 14188 ProresFramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 14189) 14190 14191// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. 14192const ( 14193 // ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value 14194 ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP" 14195 14196 // ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value 14197 ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" 14198) 14199 14200// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. 14201// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce 14202// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top 14203// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default 14204// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, 14205// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the 14206// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow 14207// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and 14208// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be 14209// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending 14210// on which of the Follow options you chose. 14211const ( 14212 // ProresInterlaceModeProgressive is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value 14213 ProresInterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 14214 14215 // ProresInterlaceModeTopField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value 14216 ProresInterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD" 14217 14218 // ProresInterlaceModeBottomField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value 14219 ProresInterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD" 14220 14221 // ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value 14222 ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" 14223 14224 // ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value 14225 ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" 14226) 14227 14228// Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect 14229// ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect 14230// ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the 14231// console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl 14232// to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator). 14233const ( 14234 // ProresParControlInitializeFromSource is a ProresParControl enum value 14235 ProresParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 14236 14237 // ProresParControlSpecified is a ProresParControl enum value 14238 ProresParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 14239) 14240 14241// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled 14242// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 14243const ( 14244 // ProresSlowPalDisabled is a ProresSlowPal enum value 14245 ProresSlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED" 14246 14247 // ProresSlowPalEnabled is a ProresSlowPal enum value 14248 ProresSlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED" 14249) 14250 14251// Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 14252// 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i 14253// output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output 14254// and leave converstion to the player. 14255const ( 14256 // ProresTelecineNone is a ProresTelecine enum value 14257 ProresTelecineNone = "NONE" 14258 14259 // ProresTelecineHard is a ProresTelecine enum value 14260 ProresTelecineHard = "HARD" 14261) 14262 14263// Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them 14264// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't 14265// specify, the service will list them by creation date. 14266const ( 14267 // QueueListByName is a QueueListBy enum value 14268 QueueListByName = "NAME" 14269 14270 // QueueListByCreationDate is a QueueListBy enum value 14271 QueueListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE" 14272) 14273 14274// Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue 14275// will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until 14276// they finish or error out. 14277const ( 14278 // QueueStatusActive is a QueueStatus enum value 14279 QueueStatusActive = "ACTIVE" 14280 14281 // QueueStatusPaused is a QueueStatus enum value 14282 QueueStatusPaused = "PAUSED" 14283) 14284 14285// Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the 14286// video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to 14287// clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect 14288// ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the 14289// input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). 14290// A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) 14291// and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values 14292// from this output. 14293const ( 14294 // RespondToAfdNone is a RespondToAfd enum value 14295 RespondToAfdNone = "NONE" 14296 14297 // RespondToAfdRespond is a RespondToAfd enum value 14298 RespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND" 14299 14300 // RespondToAfdPassthrough is a RespondToAfd enum value 14301 RespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 14302) 14303 14304// Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect 14305// ratio. Enable Stretch to output (StretchToOutput) to have the service stretch 14306// your video image to fit. Leave this setting disabled to allow the service 14307// to letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any positioning value 14308// you specify elsewhere in the job. 14309const ( 14310 // ScalingBehaviorDefault is a ScalingBehavior enum value 14311 ScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT" 14312 14313 // ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a ScalingBehavior enum value 14314 ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT" 14315) 14316 14317// Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and 14318// the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a framerate that matches 14319// the framerate of the associated video. If the video framerate is 29.97, choose 14320// 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true 14321// and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME). 14322const ( 14323 // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value 14324 SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 = "FRAMERATE_23_97" 14325 14326 // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value 14327 SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 = "FRAMERATE_24" 14328 14329 // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value 14330 SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME" 14331 14332 // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value 14333 SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME" 14334) 14335 14336// Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to 14337// specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video. 14338const ( 14339 // TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14340 TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter = "TOP_CENTER" 14341 14342 // TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14343 TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft = "TOP_LEFT" 14344 14345 // TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14346 TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight = "TOP_RIGHT" 14347 14348 // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14349 TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft = "MIDDLE_LEFT" 14350 14351 // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14352 TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter = "MIDDLE_CENTER" 14353 14354 // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14355 TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight = "MIDDLE_RIGHT" 14356 14357 // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14358 TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft = "BOTTOM_LEFT" 14359 14360 // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14361 TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter = "BOTTOM_CENTER" 14362 14363 // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value 14364 TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight = "BOTTOM_RIGHT" 14365) 14366 14367// Use Timecode source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within 14368// this input. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are 14369// synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, 14370// choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes 14371// are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) 14372// - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is 14373// in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start 14374// at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. 14375// * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame 14376// to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this 14377// value. 14378const ( 14379 // TimecodeSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeSource enum value 14380 TimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 14381 14382 // TimecodeSourceZerobased is a TimecodeSource enum value 14383 TimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" 14384 14385 // TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart is a TimecodeSource enum value 14386 TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart = "SPECIFIEDSTART" 14387) 14388 14389// If PASSTHROUGH, inserts ID3 timed metadata from the timed_metadata REST command 14390// into this output. 14391const ( 14392 // TimedMetadataPassthrough is a TimedMetadata enum value 14393 TimedMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 14394 14395 // TimedMetadataNone is a TimedMetadata enum value 14396 TimedMetadataNone = "NONE" 14397) 14398 14399// Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source 14400// (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output. 14401const ( 14402 // TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled is a TtmlStylePassthrough enum value 14403 TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED" 14404 14405 // TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled is a TtmlStylePassthrough enum value 14406 TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED" 14407) 14408 14409const ( 14410 // TypeSystem is a Type enum value 14411 TypeSystem = "SYSTEM" 14412 14413 // TypeCustom is a Type enum value 14414 TypeCustom = "CUSTOM" 14415) 14416 14417// Type of video codec 14418const ( 14419 // VideoCodecFrameCapture is a VideoCodec enum value 14420 VideoCodecFrameCapture = "FRAME_CAPTURE" 14421 14422 // VideoCodecH264 is a VideoCodec enum value 14423 VideoCodecH264 = "H_264" 14424 14425 // VideoCodecH265 is a VideoCodec enum value 14426 VideoCodecH265 = "H_265" 14427 14428 // VideoCodecMpeg2 is a VideoCodec enum value 14429 VideoCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 14430 14431 // VideoCodecProres is a VideoCodec enum value 14432 VideoCodecProres = "PRORES" 14433) 14434 14435// Enable Timecode insertion to include timecode information in this output. 14436// Do this in the API by setting (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to (PIC_TIMING_SEI). 14437// To get timecodes to appear correctly in your output, also set up the timecode 14438// configuration for your job in the input settings. Only enable Timecode insertion 14439// when the input framerate is identical to output framerate. Disable this setting 14440// to remove the timecode from the output. Default is disabled. 14441const ( 14442 // VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled is a VideoTimecodeInsertion enum value 14443 VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled = "DISABLED" 14444 14445 // VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei is a VideoTimecodeInsertion enum value 14446 VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" 14447) 14448